, -

THE

RAY SOCIETY.

INSTITUTED MDCCCXLIV.

This ml nine lit issued fn flic

the

xi'rtlx'rs t<> flu1 RAY SOCIETY /or
r l!>n.

LONDON:
MCMXII.

T H E

BRITISH TUNICATA

AN UNFINISHED MONOGRAPH

BY THE LATE

JOSHUA ALDER

AND THE LATE

ALBANY HANCOCK, F.L.S.

EDITED BY

JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,

Secretary of the Ray /8'uttW//

VOLUME II f

(Ascidise Composites)

LONDON
PKIXTED FOR THE KAY SOCIETY

1912

PRINTED BY ADLAKD AND SON
LONDON AND DORKING

PREFACE.

VKKY little need be said by \vay of preface to the
present volume, for the history of the work by Canon
Norman in the first volume forms a most appropriate
preface to the whole monograph.

There he relates how Joshua Alder prepared for
the British Museum a 'Catalogue of British Tuni-
eata'; how when the publication of such Catalogues
was for want of funds discontinued, Alder sought the
aid of his friend Albany Hancock in working out the

f/

anatomy and physiology of the Class with a view to
rendering the work suitable for publication by the
Bay Society ; how, after its acceptance by the Society,
the death of Alder in 18(57 and of Hancock in 1873
put a stop to its completion ; and finally how the
MS. and drawings were entrusted to Prof. Huxley
who undertook their preparation for publication, but
after an interval of four years returned them as he
found that he could not spare time to prepare them
for the press. Canon Norman then relates how on
his suggestion the work was again offered to the Kay
Society.

The MS, (a transcript of the original which had
been lost), and the drawings, were placed in my hands
early in January, 1904, and at a meeting of the
Council in the same month the work was for the
second time accepted for publication by the Society.
The first volume was issued in April. 1905, the second
in January, 1907, and by the publication of the present
volume it is completed.

It is not however a complete work, being as
stated on the title-page "an unfinished monograph,"
and this in a double sense, for the authors had not

VI I'UKI'ACK.

completed the description of all the species even in the
first genus, AxriiUti; there being blanks in the MS. in-
tended to be filled up, and these gradually become more
frequent ; while the pelagic forms, Shilpa, Pyrosoma,
Appendicularia, &c,, are not treated of at all. But
the fixed forms frequenting our shores are of most
general interest, at least to the amateur naturalist,
and this account of them renders fairly easy the
identification of the species known at the time the
authors Avrote. Since then others have been dis-
covered, and the classification and nomenclature of
the Tunicata have been much altered. Even their
position in the Animal Kingdom has been raised
from the invertebrate Molluscoidea to the degenerate
pseudo-vertebrate Urochordat a, a Class of the (Jhordata
formed for their reception.

In the preparation of the first two volumes I had
the advantage of the much valued assistance of Canon
Norman, and I greatly regret that owing to failing
health he has been unable to continue that assistance
with the present volume. To him \ve owe the
appearance of the work which throughout bears
evidence of his assiduous collecting, the material
supplied by him being far more extensive than that
contributed bv anv other of the authors' friends,

t «/ i t

and in the number of new species surpassing even
their own collections. His portrait, by my request to
him, forms the frontispiece to this volume.

When I commenced the preparation of the mono-
graph I intended to add to the concluding volume a
Bibliography of the Tunicata, but that has so greatly
exceeded its anticipated extent that it must appear as
a separate volume, a necessary adjunct, however, to
the monograph on account of the abbreviation of the

O 1

titles of works quoted in it.

JOHN HOPK1XSOX.

WEETWUOD. WATFORD,

oOth December, It'll .

CONTENTS OF VOL. III.

PAGE

CLASS TUNICATA.

ORDER I. SACCOBRANCHIATA.

TRIBE 2. AGGREGATE . . .1

FAMILY 5. POLYCLINID^E . 1

GENUS 14. POLYCLINUM 2

15. AMAROUCIUM 6

1<>. PARASCIDIA . IS

,, 17. APLIDIUM . 22

18. SIDNYUM . . 29

FAMILY fi. DIDEMNIDTE . . 31

GENUS 19. DIDEMNUM . :!2

20. DISTOMA . . 37

„ 21. LEPTOCLINUM 43

FAMILY 7. BOTRYLLID^. . 52

GENUS 22. BOTRYLLUS . . 52

,, 23. BOTRYLLOIDES . . . .77

INDEX OF SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED . . 89

SUPPLEMENT. — ADDITIONAL REFERENCES AND LOCALITIES. ETC. 91

GENERAL INDEX TO THE THREE VOLUMES . . 105

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA 11:5

3964 (}

NOTE OX THE ILLUSTRATIONS.

As many species described in the present volume were not
fig-tired by the nnthors, including nearly all those originally
described by Milne Edwards in his beautifully illustrated
monograph/ Observations surles Ascidies composees des cotes
de la Manche/ the Editor considered it advisable to add
largely to the illustrations from that and other sources.
With this view all the coloured figures in Edwards' mono-
graph which represent British species were photographed,
and are hei'e reproduced, mostly in colour, with a few of his
uncolonred figures, and also several from Savigny's classical
work, ' Memoires sur les Animaux sans Vertebres.'

In addition to these, the earliest published figures of every
other species included in the volume are reproduced, also by
photography, as text-figures.

By this means, the volume, instead of being by far the most
meagrely illustrated of the three, as it would otherwise have
been, is, for its extent, the most richly illustrated.

All the illustrations have been executed by Andre & Sleigh,
Ltd., of Bushey, Watford.

J. H.

L I B * A R Y UQ

LIST OF THE PLATES.

PLATE

LI. — Figs. 1-5. — Pol///-! in H m aurantium. Fig. 6. — P.
taiK-riiieniii. Figs. 7, 8.— P. sp. Figs. 9-11. — P.
cerebriforme,

LII. — Amaroucium proliferum.

LIII. — Fig's. 1—3. — Amaroucium proliferum. Figs. 4—6. —
A. albicans. Fig. 7. — A. papillosum.

LIV. — Figs. 1—3. — Amaroucium argus. Fig. 4. — A. Nord-
mauni. Figs. 5-7.- — Parascidia Forbesii. Figs.
8, 9. — P. Flemingii.

LV. — Figs. 1, 2. — Aplidium melleum. Figs. 3-6. — A.
glomeratum. Figs. 7-9. — ? .4. uutans. Figs. 10-
12. — Didemnum sps. Fig. 13. — Distoma vitreum.

LVI. — Fig. 1. — Polyclinum aurantium. Fig. 2. — Amarou-
cium proliferum. Fig. 3. — A. albicans. Fig. 4. —
Parascidia Forbesii. Fig. 5. — P. Flemingii. Fig.
6. — Aplidium mellenm. Fig. 7. — A. glomeratum.
Fig. 8. — Distoma vitreum.

LVI I. — Leptoclinum maculosum.

LVIII. — Fig. 1. — Leptoclinum asperum. Figs. 2-6. — L.
durum. Figs. 7-10. — L. fulgens.

LIX. — Figs. 1-6. — Leptoclinum sp. Fig. 7. — L. gelatinosum.
Figs. 8-13. — L. punctaturn.

LX. — Leptoclinum pun datum.

LXL— Figs. 1, 2.—Botryllns Schlosseri. Figs. 3-7.— 5.
rnbens. Figs. 8-11. — /?. virescens.

LXII. — Fig. 1. — Rotryllus smaragdus. Fig. 2. — B.gemmeus.

Figs. 3-5. — B. violaceus. Figs. 6-9. — B. badiux.
III. ?;

LIST OF THE PLATES.

PLATE

LXIII. — Figs. 1, 2. — Botryllns polycyclus. Figs. 3, 4.— B.
castaneiis. Fig. 5. — B. calyculatus. Fig. 6. — B.
bivittatus. Fig. 7. — B. minitttus. Figs. 8, 9. —
B. sp.

LXI V. — Figs. 1-3. — Botrylloide* Leachii. Fig. 4. — B. rulrum.
Figs. 5-7. — B. aU)icann. Figs. 8-11. — B. radiata.

LXV. — Fig. 1. — Botryllnidesramulosa. Figs. 2-4. — B. sparsa.
Figs. 5-7.— B. pusilla. Figs. 8-11.— £. sp.

LXVI. — Fig. 1. — Botryllus smaragdus. Fig. 2. — B. yemmeus.
yig. 3. — B. violaceus. Fig. 4. — B. bivltbt.tus. Fig.
5. — Botrylloides rubrum.

ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

FIGS. PAGE

88. — Polyclinum aurantium : a system . . .3

89.— „ „ branchial aperture . 4

90. — Amaroticium proliferum : a colony . . 8

91.— „ „ branchial apertures . 9

92. — A. argus : a colony . . . . .12

93. — ,, „ an individual . . . .13

94. — A. Nordmanni : systems . . . .15

95. — „ „ branchial aperture . . 16

96. — A. fallax : a group and an individual . . 18

97. — Aplidium ficus : a colony . . . .24

98.— „ ,, part of a colony and an individual 25

99. — ? „ „ two colonies . . .26

100. — ^4. nutans : a group and an individual . . 28

101. — Didemnum gelatinosum : a colony . . .33

102.— „ „ development ; two stages 33

103. — „ „ part of a colony . . 34

104. — D. candidum : colonies . . . .36

105. — „ ., individuals . . . .37

106. — Distoma rubrum : a colony . . . .39

107.- „ „ individuals . . .40

108. — D. variolosum : a colon v and an individual . 42

«/

109. — Leptoclinum asperum : part of a colony . . 45

110. — L. fulgens : part of a colony . . .47

111. — L. gelatinosum : part of a colony . . .49

112. — L. Lister ianum : a colony . . .51

113. — „ ,, part of the same . . .51

114. — Botryllidfe : structure . . . .52

115.- „ „ . 53

116. — B. Schlosseri : an individual . . .56

117. — „ „ earliest figure of a colony . . 57

Xll ILLUSTEATIONS JN THE TEXT.

FIGS. PAGE

118. — B. Schlosseri : a colony . . . .58

119.-- „ ,, a system . . . .59

120.-- „ „ a colony . .60

121.—- ,, „ systems . . . .61

122. — B. rub ens : systems . . . .68

123. — B. mrescens : systems . . . .64
124. — „ „ var. : systems .... 65

125. — B. Schlosseri and (?) smaragdus . . .67

126. — B. polycyclus : a colony . . . .72

127. — „ „ systems . . . .73

128. — „ „ an individual . . .73

129. — B. miniatus : systems . . . .77

130. — -Botrylloides Leachii : a colony . . .78

131. — B. rot if era : a colony . . . .83

132. — ,, „ part of a colony . . .84

133. — -Glavelina producta . . . . .87

134.— C. lepadiformis ... .87

135.—? Botryllus conglomeratus . . . .88

BRITISH TUNICATA,

Tribe 2. AGGREGATE *
(Compound Ascidia its.)

Individuals [intimately united, without separate
tests, reproducing by gemmation, and forming fixed
colonies] wholly immersed in a common envelope.

Family 5. POLYCLINID.E.

Individuals much elongated, consisting of a thorax
containing the branchial sac, an abdomen containing
the digestive organs, and a post-abdomen containing
the heart and the reproductive organs ; enveloped in a
common mass ; branchial aperture only with lobes.

[The colony is usually massive, sometimes incrusting,
and occasionally lobed or pedunculated ; the systems
vary in character, sometimes being imperceptible, and
their common excretory orifice is usually inconspicuous;
the test is gelatinous or cartilaginous ; the branchial
sac is small and not well developed ; the dorsal lamina
consists of a series of languets ; the tentacles are few
and small.]

* Additions to the authors' MS., except obvkrasly editorial foot-notes, are
placed within brackets, as in the previous volumes of this work. The term
" common body," with which the description of each genus and species com-
menced, is altered to " colony " ; the term " rays," for the divisions of the
branchial aperture, to " lobes " ; and the term " anal," when applied to the
aperture of the atrium, to " atrial." Approximate dimensions in milli-
metres are inserted. A few corrections to references, verbal alterations,
and transpositions are not indicated.

III. 1

2 BRITISH TDNICATA.

Section 1. With common excretory orifices.

Genus 14. POLYCLINUM Savigny, 1816.

Polyclinum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2 [1816],
p. 188; [LAMOUEOUX Exp. metli. Polyp. (1821), p. 75;]
MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp. [1841],* p. 76, [in
Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, XV11I (1842), "p. 292;]
FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 14; GOSSE
Man. Marine Zool. II [1856], p. 32; WOODWARD Man.
Moll. [pt. 3 (1856)], p. 342; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Recent
Moll. II [1858], p. 599.

Colon)/ [gelatinous or cartilaginous,] polymorphous,
generally more or less rounded, [usually] sessile, com-
posed of several radiating, [often] irregular systems,
each with a common excretory orifice. Individuals
[elongated,] varying in number in each system, and
placed at unequal distances from their common centres.
Branchial aperture with six salient lobes; atrial aperture
opening horizontally, with an even rim and a languet
above projecting into the common cloacal cavity.
Thorax cylindrical ; branchial sac [rather largely
developed,] with papillae. Abdomen smaller than the
thorax, pedunculated. Post-abdomen attached by a
peduncle arising from the side of the abdomen, slender
and much elongated. The thorax, abdomen, and post-
abdomen each occupying a separate cell.

It is extremely difficult to extract the individuals of
this genus entire, on account of each of the three
portions into which they are divided occupying a
separate cell in the common mass.

1. Polyclinum aurantium Milne Edwards.

(Plate LI, figs. 1-5 ; Plate LVI, fig. 1 ; and figs. 88

and 89 in text.)

Polyclinum aurantium MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 76, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, XVIII

* The separate (or author's) copies bear this date, having apparently
been issued before the Memoires of the Academie in which the work appeared.
As Alder & Hancock quote the pages of these copies, they are retained.

rOLYCLINUM AUEANTIUM. O

(1842), p. 292,] pi. i, f. 6, and pi. iii, f. 4; FOIJBKS &
HANLEY Brit, Moll. I [1848], p. 14, pi. A, f. 3, and pi. B,
f. 3 ; ALDER & HANCOCK (?) in Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field
Club, I [1848], p. 203; [CocKs in Kep. II. Cornw. Polyt.
Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74; GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II
(1856), p. 32, f. 45; H. & A. ADAMS Uen. Recent Moll.
II (1858), pi. cxxxiv, ff. 3, 3 a; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel
Isl. (1862), p. 219].

Colonies [coriaceous,] sub-globular, a little depressed,
and attached by a narrow base (PL LI, fig. 5) ; some-
times slightly ped uii dilated ; frequently associated in

« .- • » . . • .

•.. ••••.• •

FIG. 88. — Polydinutn aurantium. About twice natural size. (M.
Edwards,* pi. iii, f. 4-.) c, branchial apertures, i, common cloacal
oi'ifice.

groups of unequal-sized masses connected together by
creeping fibres (PL LI, figs. 1 and 2) ; colour yellowish,
varying from pale yellow to yellowish orange. Incli-
r'uliials (PL LI, fig. o) forming systems arranged in
elliptic curves around large excretory orifices with
smooth rims (fig. 88). Branchial aperture (fig. 89)
with six lobes or small digitate prolongations ; atria I
with a rather long languet. Thorax cylindrical,
connected with the abdomen by a short peduncle.
Branchial sac with thirteen rows of meshes. Abdomen

* This and all other figures after Milne Edwards are copied from his work
quoted in the synonymy.

BRITISH TUNICATA.

scarcely half the size of the thorax, kidney-shaped.
Post-abdomen fusiform, joined to the abdomen by a
slender thread-like peduncle which is continued below
and either terminates abruptly or is connected by
branches with other individuals.

Diameter of the masses from a quarter of an inch to
about an inch (6-25 mm.).

Hab. — On the under side of stones between tide-
marks. [Attached to stones, in crevices of rocks, etc.,
at low water-mark (GocJcs).~\

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Northumb. (Alder Sf Han-
cock). Bambrough, Northumb.; Douglas, Isle of Man
(Alder). [Gwyllyn-vase, Swanpool, Pennance, etc.,
Falmoutli, Cornwall (Cod's, 1849).]

WALES. — Menai Straits, Anglesey (Alder).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder).

First record. — Forbes & Hanley, 1848; [coll. Alder,
1847.]

FIG. 89. — A branchial aperture of Polycliuum aurantium in a state of
dilatation, x about 3o. (M. Edwards, pi. iii, f . 4 a.)

2. Polyclinum succineum Alder.

(Plate LI, fig. 6.)

Poli/clinum succineum ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI
[1863], p. 169 ; [NORMAN in Eep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868
(1869), pp. 257, 303].

Colony sub-globose, a little depressed, very trans-
parent, amber-coloured, attached by a broad base ;
the surface slightly lobated. Individuals dispersed
over the surface without apparent order, forming
numerous systems each with a prominent funnel-shaped
common excretory orifice of great transparency (PL
LI, fig. 6). Branchial aperture 6-lobed; atrial with

POLYCLINUM SUCCINEUM. 5

a short languet. Thorax cylindrical, occupying more
than one-third of the length of the body. Abdomen
rounded, sessile. Post-abdomen about the same length
as the thorax, slightly pedunculated and ending in a
point below.

Diameter of the colony about three-quarters of an
inch (19 mm.).

Hob. — [Base of Coralline zone (50 fathoms).]

SCOTLAND. — North of Whalsey Lighthouse, Shetland
(Norman).

First record.— Alder, 1863; roll. Norman [1861].

This species was dredged by Mr. Norman on the
haddock-ground, about six miles north of Whalsey
Lighthouse. It is remarkable on account of its great
delicacy and the transparent funnel-shaped excretory
orifices which rise considerably above the surface.

[Under the name of Polyclinum siibopacum it was
the intention of the authors to describe another form
(PI. XI, figs. 7 and 8) found by Canon Norman in
Gouliot Caves, Sark, in 1865. It bears, however, such
a general resemblance to PolycHnum succineum that it
may well be considered as only a variety (var. sub-
vpacum) of that species.]

3. Polyclinum cerebriforme Alder.
(Plate LI, figs. 9-11.)

Polyclinum cerebriforme ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI
[1863], p. 170. "

Colony transversely ovate, depressed, pretty-largely
attached, yellowish, becoming nearly black in spirit;
the surface corrugated into brain-like folds (PI. LI,
fig. 9). Individuals irregularly disposed over the
surface ; systems few, the excretory orifices rather
small, circular, with the margin very slightly produced.

Longest diameter of mass about three-quarters of
an inch (19 mm.), shortest half an inch (12 mm.).

Hab. — Between tide-marks.

6 BRITISH TUNICATA.

ENGLAND. — Hastings, Sussex (Boircrlxml^ [18(54]).

IKELAND. — Bantry Bay, Cork (Norma/ii).

First record. — Alder, 1803; cull. Norman, 1858.

For a knowledge of this species we are also indebted
to Mr. Norman, who procured two specimens between
tide-marks on the south side of Bantry Bay, in
October, 1858. It is distinguished from P. aurnnfii!))/
by the brain-like folds of the surface, as well as by
its smaller and more circular common orifices (PI. LT,
fig. 9). The character of the individuals could not
be satisfactorily made out.

A Polyclinum sent to us from Hastings by Dr.
Bowerbank appears to belong to tin's species. The
Hastings specimens (PL LI, figs. 10 and 11) were
rather larger than those from Bnntry Bay, and not so
distinctly corrugated into folds over the surface. An
individual extracted from the mass had the thorax
rather more elongated than in P. aurantium; the
abdomen was larger, more ovate, and scarcely divided
from the thorax : the post-abdomen was attached by
a very slender peduncle, becoming fusiform below and
ending in an obtuse point at the base The common
orifices were small, circular, and verv slight! v margined.

«/ en «/

[The figures of this form so nearly resemble P. cere-
IriforiiK* that there can scarcely be a doubt of the
identity, and the above description of the individuals
may therefore be considered to supplement the meagre
one of the colony as seen in the Bantry Bay specimens.]

Genus 15. AMAROIJCIUM* Milne Edwards, 1841.

Amaroucium MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies com]). [1841],
p. 67, [in Mem. Acad. Sei. List, France, XVIII (1842),
p. 283] .

Amouroucium FORBES & HAKLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848], p.
15 ; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Eecent Moll. II [1858], p. 601.

Amoercecium GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II [1856], p. 33.

Amoroecium WOODWARD Man. Moll. [pt. 3 (1856),] p. 343.

* Amarcecium in Alder & Hancock's MS.

AMAROUCIUM. 7

Colony fleshy [or cartilaginous], massive, lobed and
sessile, or turbinate and pedunculated, composed of
many systems, more or less circumscribed, and each
having a common cloaca and excretory orifice. Indi-
viduals [more or less numerous,] elongated. Branchial
aperture 6-lobed; atrial without lobes, but with a small
process or languet above projecting horizontally.
[Branchial sac moderately developed.] Tentacular
filament* alternately lono- and short. Thorax, abdomen.

• «/ o

and post-aid omen united continuously (i.e. without
peduncles), the post-abdomen more or less elongated.
This genus has a great resemblance to Aplidium,
from which it chiefly differs in having a general
excretory orifice to each system.

1. Amaroucium proliferum Milne Edwards.

(PI. LII; PL LIII, figs. 1-3; PL LVI, fig. 2; and
figs. 90 and 91 in text.)

Amaroucium proliferum MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies
comp. [1841], p. 67, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France,
XVIII (1842), p. 288,] pi. i, ff. 3, 3 «, and pi. iii, f. 2;
[THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264,
and in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1) XIII (1844), p. 434; COCKS
in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74;
RUPERT JONES in Todd's Cyclop. Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850),
p. 2022, f. 784 ; GOSSE Nat. Rambles Devon. Coast (1853),
p. 322 ; OWEN Comp. Anat. Invert. Anim. ed. 2 (1855),
p. 477, f. 180; GOSSE Tenby (1856), p. 29; HUXLEY in
Eng-1. Cyclop., Nat. Hist. IV (1856), cols. 1138, 1139,
with text-figs.; GEGENBAUER Grundz. verg-1. Anat. (1859),
}>. 374, f. 100, and in Arch. f. Anat. 1862, p. 161].

[Amauroucium proliferum LOWIG & KOLLIKRR in Ann. Sci.
Nat, (3), Zool. V (1846), pp. 221, 222, 226; KROHN in
Arch. f. Anat, 1852, p. 313.]

Amouroncium proliferum FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I
[1848], p. 15; [KROHN in Sci. Mem., Nat. Hist. I, 4
(1853), p. 313; NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (I860),
p. 7247].

[Amoercecium proliferum GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II (1856),
p. 33, f. 46, and Year at the Shore (1856), p. 310.]

8 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Amoroucium proliferum THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV

[1856], p. 362; rANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862),

p. 219].
\_Amoroecium proliferum WOODWARD Man. Moll.pt. 3 (1856),

p. 343, pi. xxiv, f. 18 (larva).]
[Amauroecium proliferum BRONN Thier-Keichs, III (1861),

pp. 136, 180, 192, pi. xiv, ft'. 1-3, 5-15.]
[Amarucium proliferum GRUBE Insel Lussin Meersf. (1864),

pp. 31, 57, and in Abh. scliles. Ges. vaterl. Cultur,

1868-69 (1869), pp. 105, 125.]

[Amaurucium proliferum GEGENBAUR Grundz. vergl. Anat.
' ed. 2 (1870), p. 280, f. 64.]

Colon// turbinate or clavate, sometimes consisting of
several masses rising from a common pedunculate base

f

: .,-

FIG. 90. — Amarouciuin proliferum. One and a half times natural size.

(M. Edwards, pi. iii, f. 2.)

(PI. LII and fig. 90 in text), occasionally solitary and
sessile ; sub-globose and rather fleshy above, more
coriaceous below, where it is often covered with small
grains of sand or shell ; yellowish or orange-coloured,
marked with red from the inclosed animals, occasion-
ally bright scarlet. Individuals irregularly arranged
in undefined sub-circular systems, each of which has
a common excretory orifice (PI. LIII, fig. 3). Thorax
red. [Branchial aperture furnished with a membra-
nous crown, the margin regularly six-lobed (fig. 91, ft),
and showing within it nine or ten irregularly-lobed

AMAROUCIUM PEOLIFEKUM. 9

tentacular filaments (fig. 91, />).] Branchial sac with
about fourteen rows of stomata. Stomach plicated ;
post-abdomen rather long-.

Height of masses about an inch (25 mm.). Length
of individuals three-tenths of an inch (8 mm.).

FIG. 91. — Branchial apertures of Amarovcium proliferum, dilated, x
about 50. (M. Edwards, pi. iii, f. 2 I.) a, in profile, b, face view
showing the tentacles.

Hab. — Under shelving rocks or stones near low
water-mark.

ENGLAND. — Not uncommon on the south and west
coasts. Torbay (Alder] [and Ilfracombe (Gosse)~\,
Devon. Falmouth (Alder [and Cocks']) and Polperro
(Laiighrin [1866]), Cornwall. Isle of Man (Alder).

WALES. — [Tenby (Gosse).~] Menai Straits, Anglesey
(Alder).

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim ; [and Clew Bay,
Mayo] (Thompson). Birtirbuy Bay, Gal way (Barlee
[and Brady]). Bantry Bay, Cork (Norman).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder [and Norman]).

First recon/.- -Thompson, 1843.

The excretory orifice of this species closes when the
animal is dead, so as to be with difficulty recognized.

2. Amaroucium albicans Milne Edwards.
(Plate LIII, figs. 4-6 ; and PL LVI, fig. 3.)

Amaroucium albicans MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 73, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List, France, XVIII
(1842), p. 289, pi. i, f . 3 b • THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(2) I (1848), p. 64].

10 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Amoroucium albicaiis THOMPSON [in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for

1852 (1853), p. 293, and] Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV [1856],

p. 362.
\_Amaruoium ulbicans G-RUBE Insel Lus&in Meeresf. (1864),

pp. 30, 57.]
\_AmaroBcium albicans NORMAN in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868

(1869), p. 303.]

Colony variable, incrusting, massive, or sub-clavate
and pedunculate (PI. LIU, fig. 6), of a greyish-white
colour. Individuals numerous, arranged in elliptical
systems of various sizes, sometimes nearly circular,
but more frequently elongated (PI. LIU, fig. 5).
Thorax and branchial aperture white (PI. LVI, fig. 3),
the latter cut into six conspicuous segments; atrial
aperture with a longish process above. Stomach
orange-coloured, plicated. Post-abdomen paler, mode-
rately long and pointed below.

Height and diameter of the masses variable, incrust-
ing specimens sometimes extending to two inches
(50 mm.) across.

Rob. — On rocks and stones between tide-marks
and at a depth of several fathoms.

ENGLAND. — Bambrough, Xorthumb. (Alder}.
IRELAND.— [Belfast Bay, dredged (1839); and] off
the Galway Coast [J840]' '(Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS.- — Guernsey [1805] (Norman)..
First record.- -Thompson, 1&48.

All the British specimens we have seen have been
the incrusting or massive forms. They had minute
calcareous granules on the surface.

3. Amaroucium papillosum Alder.
(Plate LIII, fig. 7.)

Amarsecium papillosum ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI
[1863], p. 171.

Colony depressed, sessile, yellowish fawn-coloured.
Individuals prominent, rising into distinct papilla? over
the surface (PL LIU, fig. 7), and forming numerous

AMAEOLH.'IUM J'AriLLOSVM. 11

irregular, close-set, ill-defined systems, set round wide
common orifices. Branchial <tp<jrfnre with six obtuse
lobes. Thorn,?, brownish fawn-colour. Abdomen rather
darker. Post-abdomen cylindrical, longish.

Diameter of mass about an inch (25 mm.) ; height
about one-third as much (8 mm.). Length of indi-
viduals about half an inch (12 mm.).

Halt. — Shallow water.

WALKS. — Menai Straits, Anglesey
First record.— Alder, 1803, [coll. 1852].

Two specimens only were obtained by dredging.

4. Amaroucium argus Milne Edwards.
(Plate LIV, figs. 1-8 ; and figs. 92 and 93 in text.)

Amaroucium argus MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.

[1841], pp. 21, 74, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. lust. France,

XVIII (1842), pp. 237, 290, pi. i, f. 4, and pi. iii, f. ] ;

DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anim., Moll. (dr. 1845), pi.

cxxx, f. 2 ; RUPERT JONES in Todd's Cyclop. Anat. IV, pt.

40 (1850), p. 2018, f. 782 ; RYMER JONES Organiz. Anim.

Kh)Kd. ed. 2 (1855), p. 486, and eel. 3 (1861), p. 484].
Amouroucium argus FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848],

p. 16, pi. A, f. 4; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polvt. Soc.

for 1849 (1850), p. 74; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. "Recent

Moll. II (1856), pi. cxxxv, ff. ], In; FORBES & GODWIN-

AUSTEN Nat. Hist. Enrop. Seas (1859), p. 158].
\_Amouroecium argus MeAxDREW & BARRATT in Ann. Nat.

Hist, (2) XVII (1856), p. 385.]
[AmoroBcium argus WOODWARD Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856),

p. 343, pi. xxiv, f. 17.]
[Amaurcecium orgnx BRONN Thier-Reichs, III (1861), pp.

136, 180, pi. xiv, f. 4.]
[Amoroucium argus ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862),

p. 219.]

Colony massive or sub-cylindrical, and sessile (PI.
LIV, fig. 2), rarely pedunculate (PI. LIV, fig. 3), of a
yellowish-orange colour inclining to olive near the base,
more distinctly orange above, and pale spotted with
red at the summit. Individuals (fig. 93) rising a little
above the surface, arranged irregularly in one or more

12 BRITISH TUNICATA.

rows around a common [excretory] orifice ; usually
forming a single system (fig. 92) but sometimes
two or more. Branchial aperture prominent, cut
into six triangular segments below which in each
individual are four rose-coloured [eye-like] spots.
Thorax pale. Branchial sac with ten rows of meshes.
bright yellow or orange, areolated. Post-

aldomen long and slender.

FIG. 92. — Amaroucium argus. About five times natural size. (M.

Edwards, pi. i, f. 4 a.)

Height of mass half to three-quarters of an inch
(12 to 19mm.).

Hob. — On rocks and stones near low water-mark.

ENGLAND. — Salcombe Bay, Devon (HincJcs). Pol-
perro (Langhrin [1866]) and Falmouth (Alder [and
Codes']), Cornwall. Isle of Man (Alder).

CHANNKL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder).

First record. — Forbes & Hanley, 1848 ; [coll. Alder].

This species appears to be nearly confined to our

AMAROUCIUM ARGUS.

FIG. 93. — Isolated individual of Amarou-
cium argus. Much enlarged. (M.
Edwards, pi. iii, f. 1.)

A , thorax.

B, superior abdomen.

C, post-abdomen.

a, proper tunic.

b, thoracic tunic.

b', longitudinal muscular fibres of inner
tunic.

c, branchial aperture.

d, branchial collar, below which are two

eye-like spots.

e, branchial sac.
/, thoracic sinus.

/', transverse vessels of branchial sac.
h, cloaca.
i, anus.
i', languet.
j, nerve-ganglion.
/,-, oesophagus.
I, stomach.
in, intestine.
n, orifice of intestine.
o, heart,
o', pericardium.
p, ovary.

p', ova ready to pass into cloaca.
p", ova in cloaca ready to hatch.
(j, testicle.
r, vas deferens.
v' , orifice of vas deferens.

14 BRITISH TUNICATA.

southern shores and the opposite coast of France
where it was originally noticed by M. Milne Edwards.
It has considerable resemblance to A. proliferum,
from which it can scarcely be distinguished in old
spirit specimens, when the characteristic red spots are
obliterated. It generally occurs, however, in smaller
and more cylindrical masses. A good anatomical
character confirming its distinctness as a species is
found in the stomach, the surface of which is formed
of little star-like areolas, not being plicated as in
A. proliferum.

5. Amaroucium edentulum Victor Cams.

Amareuclum edentulwn VICTOR CARDS in Proc. Aslimol. Soc.
II [(1851), p. 269].

Colony tile-red in colour, with lighter spots from
the colourless apertures. Individuals arranged in
circular or longitudinal systems of ten to forty.
Branchial aperture with an even rim, the lobes being
united by a pellucid membrane. Thorax brown.
Branchial sac with fourteen transverse rows of
stigmata. Ahdomen pedunculated ; stomach with
irregular folds. Post-abdomen only as long as the
abdomen, of which it forms a continuation.

Lenijth of individuals, one-sixth of an inch (4mm.).

Hab. — [? Near low water-mark.]

ENGLAND.— Scilly Isles (Gar us).
First record. — Cams, 1850.

Dr. Cams states that this species is nearly allied to
A. Nordmanni, from which it differs in the total
absence of free lobes around the branchial orifice.
The pedunculated abdomen is also peculiar.

6. Amaroucium Nordmanni Milne Edwards.
(Plate LIV, fig. 4; and figs. 94 and 95 in text.)

Amaroucium Nordmanni MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies
comp. [1841], p. 73, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France,
XVIII (1842), p. 289,] pi. i, f. 5, and pi. iii, f. 3.

AMAlxOUClUM NOBDMANNI. 15

[Amauroucium Nordmanni LOWIG «fc KOLLIKKR in Ann. Sci.

Nat. (3), Zool. V (1846), pp. 217, 221, pi. vii, ff. 42; 43;

KROHN in Arch. f. Anat. 1852, p. 314.]
Amourpucium Nordmanni FORBKS & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I

[1848], p. 15; [KROHN in >Sci. Mem., Nat. Hist. I, 4

(1853), p. 313].
[Amauroecium Nordmanni BRONX Thier-Reichs, III (1861),

p. 180.]

[Amoroudum Nordmanni ANSTED & LATHAM Channel 1*1.
' (1862), p. 219.]

Colom/ [thick,] sessile, oval or sub-orbicular, broader
than high (PI. LIV, fig. 4), of a rosy tint above from

FIG. 9-i. — Amaroucium .Y"<-<7 utmini. About five times natural size.
(M. Edwai-ds, pi. i, f. 5 a.)

the enclosed individuals, paler or yellowish below.
Individuals forming several distinctly-circumscribed
elliptical or circular systems, in single rows, surround-
ing a sub-conical common orifice which is seldom quite
central (fig. 94). Branchial aperture very little raised,
with six obtuse, whitish lobes (fig. 95), contrasting
well with the rose-colour of their base. Thorax rose-
coloured. Branchial sac with twelve rows of meshes.
Stomach plicated. Post-abdomen short and thick.

Diameter of mass about an inch and a half (38 mm.).

Hal. — Between tide-marks.

10 BRITISH TUNICATA.

ENGLAND. — Falmouth (Alder] .

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder).

First record. — Forbes and Hanley, 1848; [coll. Alder].

From its well-defined systems this beautiful species
lias at first sight much the appearance of a Botryiliis.

'

.

PIG. 05. — Upper extremity of the body of Amaroucium Nordmanni,
showing- the branchial aperture. (M. Edwards, pi. iii, f. 3 6.)

7. Amaroucium pomum M. Sars.

Amaroucium pomum M. SARS in Nyt Mag1, f. Naturvid.

[VI (1851), p. 155, and in Fork Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1858

(1859), p. 66].
Amaroecium pomum ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI

[1863], p. 170.

Colony globose, sub-cartilaginous, yellowish-grey,
sessile, attached by a spreading base. Individuals
straw-coloured, rather large, set in numerous, regular,
circular or oval systems of from six to twelve in single
series around a prominent central orifice with a lobed
margin ; the lobes corresponding with the number of
individuals. Thora.c yellow, pellucid. Branchial sac
with ten to eighteen rows of stigmata. Abdomen
shorter than the thorax, oval; stomach brownish-
yellow, areolated. Post-abdomen long, cylindrical,
acuminated below.

Diameter various. Lenytli of individuals nearly half
an inch (12 mm.).

Halt. — Deep water.

SCOTLAND. — Moray Firth (Macdonald).

First record. — Alder, 1863 ; coll. Macdonald.

AMAROUCIUM FALLAX. 17

8. Amaroucium fallax (Johnston) Auct.

(Fig. 90.)

Aplidium fallax JOHNSTON in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII
[1834], p. 15, f. 4; FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I
[1848], p. 11 (excl. tigs.) ; [ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans.
Tynesicle Nat. Field Clnb, I (1848), p. 203; COCKS in
Rep. R, Cornw. Poljt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 73;
THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 293;
GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II (1856), p. 32, f. 43;]
THOMPSON Nat. Hist, Ireland, IV [1856], p. 361 ; [H. &
A. ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. II (1858), pi. cxxxiv, ff. 4,
4a; DICKIE in Rep. Brit, Assoc. for 1857 (1858), pp.
105, 111 ; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219 ;
GRDBE in Abh. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 1868-69
(1869), pp. 105, 125].

Coloni/ (fig. 9(3, A) sub-globose or papillary, gela-
tinous, of a clear honey-yellow colour marked on the
upper surface with white and brown specks from the
contained animals ; orifices circular, protuberant, plain,
and entire. Individuals (fig. 96, B) scattered irregularly.
Branchial aperture 6-lobed ; atrial elongate, linear,
entire. Stomach large, yellowish-brown, mottled.

Heif'/ht of general mass about half an inch (12 mm.).
Length of individuals two lines (4mm.).

Hal. — On old shells from deep water. [Attached
to under surface of stones, sides of rocks, etc. (Cocks) ;
in 7-20 fathoms (Dickie).]

ENGLAND. — [Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).] Isle of
Man (Forbes).

SCOTLAND. — Berwick Bay, Berwickshire (Johnston).

IRELAND. — North-east coast (Thompson). [Strangford
Lough, Castle Ward Bay, Down (Dickie).]

First record. — Johnston, 18-34.

Dr. Johnston observes that this species " differs
from Aplidium //V//.s- in having the apertures in the
common envelope entire, whereas in A. ficus they are
distinctly cut into six equal rays." The weight of
this observation seems doubtful, as the apertures
appearing on the surface usually belong to the indivi-

ui. 2

18

BRITISH TUNICATA.

duals, and these in Amaroucium fallax are stated to be
divided into six short segments. The general body,
however, in this species is smaller and less massive
than in Aplidium fie us, and of a different colour.
Forbes' figure in ' British Mollusca ' (PL A, f . 1) does
not appear to represent the same species as Johnston's.
His figure in PL B is taken from Savigny's Aplidium
lobatum. The presence of a languet in Dr. Johnston's

FIG. 96. — Amaroucium fallax. A, a group, natural size. B, a single
individual, x about 16. (After Johnston, loc. cit.) a, branchial
aperture ; b, branchial sac ; c, oesophagus ; d, stomach ; e, intes-
tine ; /, atrial aperture ; g, ovary.

figure leads to the conclusion that this species is an
Amaroucium.

Genus 16. PAKASCIDIA Milne Edwards, 1845?

Parascidia MILNE EDWARDS in [Disciples' ed.] Cuvier's
Regne Anim., [Moll, by Deshayes (dr. 1845), Descr. pi.
cxxx, fig. 3] .

Colony cylindrical or turbinate, generally consisting

PABASOIDTA. I'1

of several masses united by a creeping fibre or solid
base. [2V.s£ gelatinous.] Individuals forming one or
more systems, each having a common excretory ori-
fice. Branchial aperture S-loibed ; a trial without lobes,
having a horizontal languet above. Tentacular fila-
iin'nts alternately long and short. Thorax and abdomen
united continuously. Post-abdomen sub-pedunculated.
M. Milne Edwards has divided this genus (or sub-
genus*) from Amaroucium on account of its having
eight lobes to the branchial aperture, while Amaroucium,
and indeed all the other members of the same family
yet discovered, have only six. As has been already
remarked [Vol. I, p. 17], two of the British species
have been referred to tiidni/um.

1. Parascidia Forbesii Alder.
(Plate LIV, figs. 5-7, and PI. LVI, fig. 4.)

Sidnyum turbinatum FORBES in Brit. Mo]]. I [1848], p. 14,
PI. A, f. 2, and PI. B, f. 2; [GossE Man. Marine Zool. II
(1856), p. 32, f. 44; WOODWARD Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856),
p. 343; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. II (1858),
pi. cxxxiv, f. 5, 5 a ; NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (I860),
p. 7247].

t Sidnijum turbinatum THOMPSON [in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1) V
(1840), p. 264; in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844),
p. 264; and] Nat. Hist, Ireland, IV [1856], p. 361.

[Non Sidnyum turbinatum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert,
pt, 2 (1816).]

Parascidia Forbesii ALDER in Ann. Nat, Hist. (3) XI (1863),
p. 172, [and (MS. sp.) in Ansted's Channel Isl. (1862),
p. 219],

Colony (PI. LIV, figs. 5-7) c^ylindrical and truncated,
nearly as broad as high, gelatinous, transparent, orange
or amber-coloured, associated in closely-set masses aris-
ing from a common incrusting base. Individuals (PL
LVI, fig. 4) usually forming a single system of from
six to twelve, arranged around a conspicuous central
orifice. Branchial aperture with eight palish obtuse

* Milne Edwards makes both Amaroucium and Parascidia sub-genera of
Polyclinum.

20 BEITISH TUNICATA.

lobes. Thorax orange-coloured, the branchiae with ten
or twelve rows of stigmata. Abdomen short, stomach
plicated. Post-abdomen pedunculated, rather short
and stout, ending in a distinct mucro.

Height of mass three-tenths of an inch (7 mm.).
Length of individuals two-tenths (5 mm.).

Hab. — Under shelving rocks at low water-mark
of spring tides.

ENGLAND. — North coast of the Isle of Man, abundant
(Forbes). Douglas Bay, Isle of Man (Alder).

IRELAND. — ? Belfast Bay, Antrim (Drummond). ?
Strangford Lough, Down (Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. -- Guernsey (Alder). Gouliot
Caves, Sark (Norman).

First record—Thompson, 1840; or Forbes, 1848.

This species appears to be confined to the south and
west coasts. It has not yet been found on the north-
east coast of England or Scotland.

2. Parascidia Fleming!! Alder.
(Plate LIV, figs. 8 and 9; and PI. LVI, fig. 5.)

? Sydneitm turbinatum FLEMING Brit. Anim. [1828], p. 469,

and Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 212.
? Sidnymn turbinatum COLDSTREAM in Edinli. new Philos.

Journ. IX (1830), p. 239; ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans.

Tyneside Nat, Field Club, I [(1848), p. 203].
[Non Sidnyum turbinatum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert.

pt. 2 (1816).]
Parascidia Flemingii ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI

[1863], p. 172, [and in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1866 (1867),

p. 208; NORMAN in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868 (1869),

p. 303] .

Colony turbinate, inversely conical, or clavate and
pedunculate, tapering to a narrow base, several masses
being generally associated and united by a creeping
fibre (PL LIX, fig. 8) ; transparent, gelatinous,
yellowish or greyish white [flesh-coloured], appearing
more or less of a reddish orange from the enclosed

PARASCIDIA FLEMING!!. 21

animals. Individuals (PI. LVI, fig. 5) irregularly dis-
posed, forming usually a single system around a central
orifice with an undulating or lobed margin (PI. LIV,
fig. !>). Branchial aperture with eight opaque yellowish-
white lobes. Thorax yellow, with seven or eight rows
of stigmata in the branchial sac. Stomach orano-e-

o o

coloured, plicated longitudinally. Post-abdomen rather
constricted at its junction with the thorax, stout,
fusiform, orange-yellow, tapering to a red nipple-like
point.

Height of mass from a quarter to half an inch
(6-12 mm.). Length of individuals two-tenths of an
inch (5 mm.).

Hab. — On rocks and the under side of stones near
low water-mark.

ENGLAND. — Not uncommon on the north-east coast.
Tynmouth, Cullercoats, and Bambrough, Northumb.
(Alder). Isle of Man (Alder).

SCOTLAND. — ? Isle of May, Firth of Forth (Fleming).

First record. — ? Fleming, 1828 ; or Alder & Hancock,
1848.

This Parascidia seems to take the place on the
north-east coast which is occupied by Amaroucium
proliferum on the south and west. It has some general
resemblance to that species, but is smaller and more
delicate. Like some others of the family, it is doubly
compound, the compound masses giving rise to others
by gemmation from creeping tubular processes running-
over the stone as in the Social Ascidians. The com-
mon excretory orifice can scarcely be detected after
the death of the animal.

3.

Parascidia flabellata Alder.

Parascidia flabellata ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI
[1863], p. 172.

Colony elongate, tabulated, transparent, consisting
below of a very much-produced peduncle, which is

22 BRITISH TUNICATA.

divided above into several oblong branches, variously
lobed, forming a somewhat fan-shaped expansion at
the free end ; many orange masses, or spots in the
interior giving an orange hue to the whole. Individuals
elongate. Branchial apcii/ti'/' 8-lobed, tinged with
orange Post- abdomen longish, linear, and rather
thin. The whole mass prettily and minutely speckled
with orange.

Hat>. — Hanging about a Gellularia in little orange
transparent tufts (Hind's).

ENGLAND. — Salcombe Bay, Devon (Hinds).
First record.— Alder, 18(33 ; coll. Hincks, 1848.

The above account of a very interesting little Pani-
scidia is extracted from manuscript notes by Mr.
Hincks of Tunicata got at Salcombe in 1848. There
can be no doubt of its distinctness from any species
yet described.

Section 2. Without common excretory orifices.

Genus 17. APLIDIUM Savigny.

Aplidium SAVIGNY Mem. Aniin. sans Vert. pt. 2 [1816],
p. 181 ; [LAMARCK Hist. uat. Anini. s. Vert. Ill (1816), p. 94,
and ed. 2, III (1840), p. 488 ; LAMOUEOUX Exp. meth.
Polyp. (1821), p. 74;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I
[1848], p. 10; 11. & A. ADAMS Gen. Eecent Moll. II
[1858], p. 599.

Aplydium WOODWARD Man. Moll. [pt. 3 (1856),] p. 342.

Colony sessile, polymorphous, composed of numerous
annular, sub-elliptical, or irregular systems, without
common orifices. Individuals [only slightly elongated,]
placed in a single row at equal distances from the
common axis. Branchial aperture 6-lobed ; atrial [with
or] without lobes. Branchial sac with papillas. Abdo-
men inferior, sessile. Post-abdomen [short and thick
or] linear and more or less elongated.

APLIDIUM FICUS. 23

a. Post-abdomen xliort.

1 . Aplidium ficus (Pallas) Savigny.

(Figs. 97-99.)

Alcyonium pulmonis instar Idbatum ELLIS Nat. Hist. Corall.
[1755], p. 82, pi. xvii, f. 1>, B, c, D.; [(French transl.)
Hist. nat. Corall. (1756), p. 97, pi. xvii, f. 6, B. c. D- and
(German transl.) Naturgesch. Corall. (1764), p. 89, pi.
xvii, f. b, 3].

Alcyonium ficu* [PALLAS Blench. Zooph. (1766), p. 356;]
LINNJ.US Syst, Nat. ed. 12, [I, pt. 2 (1767),] p. 1295;
[BODDAERT Lyst Plant-Diereii (1768), pp. 442, 653, pi. xi,
f. 3; BERKENHOUT Nat. Hist, Gr. Brit. Irel. I (1769),
p. 210; op. clt. ed. 2, I (1789), p. 213; and ed. 3, I
(1795), p. 213; HOUTTUYN Nat. Hist. Dieren, I, 17 stuk
(1772), pp. 412, 606 ; P. MULLER Linne Natnrsyst. VI, 2
(1775), p. 787; WILKEXS Charakt. ThierpH. II (1787),
p. 191, pi. xviii, f. 63; BRUGUIETRE Hist, nat. Vers, I
(1789), }». 26, in Encycl. Meth. ; GMELIN Linnaei Syst.
Nar. ed. 13, I, pt. 6 (1791), p. 3813 ; OLIVI Zool. Adriatica
(1792), p. 240; ESPER Pflanzenthiere, III (1794), p. 63,
pi. xx, if. 1-7; CUVIER Tahl. clem. (1798), p. 682; Bosc
Hist, nat, Vers, III (1802), p. 133, and ed. 2, III (1827),
p. 160; TITRTON Gen. Syst. Nat, (1806), IV, p. 653; OKEN
Lehrb. Naturgesch. Ill, 1 (1815), p. 81 ; -non LAMOUROUX
Polyp. Corall. flex. (1816), p. 346, and (Engl. transl.)
Corallina (1824), p. 249.

Alcyonium pulmonaria SOLANDER Nat, Hist. Zooph. [1786],
p. 175; [LAMARCK in Mem. du Mus. I (1815), p. 76;
LAMOUROUX Polyp. Corall. tiex. (1816), p. 342. and (Engl.
transl.) Corallina (1824), p. 249].

[Alcyonium fifias TCRTON Brit, Fauna, I (1807), p. 207.]

Aplidium ficus SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert, pt. 2 [18] 6] ,
p. 183; [LAMOUROUX Exp. metli. Polyp. (1821), p. 74;]
FLEMING Hist, Brit. Anim. [1828], p. 470; OKEN All gem.
Naturgesch. V, 1 (1835), pp, 92, 93; FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 11; [ALDER & HANCOCK (?) in
Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, I (1848), p. 203; COCKS
in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 73;
HOEVEN Handb. Zool. (Engl. transl.) I (1856), p. 703;
ANSTKD & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219; GRUBE
Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 58].

[Aplidium snblobatum LAMARCK Hist, nat. Anim. s. Vert.
Ill (1816), p. 95, and ed. 2, III (1840), p. 498.]

24 BRITISH TUNICATA.

[Polyclinum ficus CCTVIER Regne Anim. (1817), II, p. 501 ;

ed. 2, III (1830), p. 169; and ed. 3 (1836), II, p. 105;

McMuRTiiiE (Engl. transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd. Ill

(1834), p. 115; DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anim.,

Moll. (rir. 1845), p. 245.]
[Alpidlum ficus FLEMING in Edinb. Encycl. XIV (1821),

p. 631 ; Philos. Zool. (1822), II, p. 514;' and Moll. Anim.

(1837), p. 213.]
\_Synoicnm fie us BLAINVILLE Man. Malac. et Conch. (1825),

p. 587; (1827), pi. Ixxxii, ff. 6, 6 a, 6ft ; RANG Hist. nat.

Moll. (1829), p. 355; MCMDRTRIE (Engl. transl.) Cuvier's

Anim. Kingd., Atlas, III (1837), pi. xliii ter, ff. 5, 5 a, 56.]

PSfS^Wi

:fei^A-:i^% &&SJS

FIG. 97. — Ax>lidium ficus. A colony, natural size. (After Ellis,

loc. dt.)

Colony forming a sub-orbicular, or lobed and
depressed, fleshy mass, of a dull yellow colour when
fresh, changing to a dark olive in spirit. Individuals
yellowish. Branchial sac with six or seven rows of
areolar stigmata. Post-abdomen rather short and stout.

Diameter of mass from two to four and a half inches
(50-1 14 mm.).

Hob. — [In trawl refuse (Codes). ~\] ]

ENGLAND. — Whitstable, Kent (Ellis ; Aide}' fy Han-
cock). [Bream Bay sands and Helford River, Fal-
mouth, Cornwall (Cocks) J\

First record. — Ellis, 1755.

APLIDIUM FK'l'S.

25

A specimen was procured by Ellis from the fisher-
men at Whitstable, from which place we have also
received one from a friend. Ours is strongly lobed,
and measures four and a half inches across.

[Ellis says that the species "borrows the name of the
sea-fig among the fishermen," because " the inside is
full of little oblong yellow particles." It is, however,
very varied in external form, sometimes greatly resem-
bling a fig, a name which would scarcely have been so
generally applied to it from its appearance when cut
open. Besides being the " Sea-fig " of England, it is
the " Figue de mer" of France, the " Fico di mare" of

y^5M©*Sfc c

4®!«^

FIG. 98. — Aplidium ficus. Magnified. (After Ellis, loc. cit.) B, sec-
tion through part of the colony ; C, face view of part of the colony ;
D, a single individual.

Italy, the " Higo de mer ' of Spain, the " Figo de
mer" of Portugal, the " Seefeige ' of Germany, the
" Zeevyg " of Holland, the " Soefigenet" of Denmark,
and the " Sjofikon" of Sweden.

The following references by earlier naturalists than
John Ellis probably pertain to Aplidium ficus :—

Halcyonium quintnin. Dioscorides : ' Medica materia '
(1478), lib. V, cap. 90.

Pulmo marinas alter. Rondelet : ' Insectis et Zoopliytis'
(1555), p. 132.

Alcyonium tuLerosum in for) ml di fico, frutto. Imperati :
' Hist. Nat/ (1599), p. 637, fig. p. 641.'

Alcyonium tnberosum. Bauhin : ' Hist, plant, univ.' (1651),
III, p. 817, fig.

26

BRITISH TUNIOATA.

Alcyonium tuberosum in forma di fico frutto. Bonanni :
' Museo Kirscli/ (1709), pp. 178, 179.

Pulmo marinus alter Rondeletii. Ray : ' Synops. ineth.
Avium et Piscium ' (1713), p. 31.

Alcyoniinn quint um anti-quorum . Mercati : ' Metalotheca
Vatic.' (1715), cap. vi.

The " Figue de substance d'Eponge et d'Alcion " of
Marsigli ('Hist. Phys. de la Mer,' 1725, p. 87, pi. xvi,
fig. 79), which is sometimes referred to this species, is
most probably a sponge.

FIG. 99. — ? Aplidium ficus. Two colonies, one half natural size.
(After Mercati, loc. cit.)

The figures here given from Mercati (fig. 99) are
very fig-like, but much reliance should not be placed
upon them as truly representing the species.

2. Aplidium melleum sp. nov.
(Plate LV, figs. 1 and 2, and PL LVI, fig. 6.)

Colony conical or sub-triangular, small, honey-yellow
coloured, transparent, attached to the stems of sea-
weeds either by the side or by a narrow base (PI. LV,
figs.1^ 1 and 2). Individuals rather darker coloured
than the envelope, yellow or orange, arranged irregu-
larly through the mass. Branchial aperture 6-lobed.
Stomach longitudinally plicated ; intestine not twisted.
Post-abdomen very short.

«/

Diameter of mass from a quarter to half an inch
(6—12 mm.).

Hal. — On sea- weed, between tide-marks.

APLIDIUM MKU/KUM. 27

CHAXXKL ISLANDS. — Parella Bay, Guernsey (Norman).
First record, — Alder & Hancock; coll. Norman

[1865].

This beautiful little Aplidium was found studding
the slender fronds of a sea-weed, in yellow drop-like
masses, in great abundance by the Rev. A. M. Norman.
The masses are generally detached, but occasionally
two are united by a creeping fibre.

b. Post-abdomen elongated.

3. Aplidium glomeratum sp. nor.

(Plate LV, figs. 3-6 ; and PI. LVI, fig. 7.)

Colony ovate, convex, composed of unequal-sized
clusters united into a common mass below (PL LV,
fig. 6) ; semi-transparent, yellowish-green, attached by
a broad base. Individuals (PL LVI, fig. 7) yellowish-
fawn-coloured, generally from two to six placed irregu-
larly in each cluster. Post-abdomen rather long.

Size of mass three-quarters of an inch long by half
an inch wide (19 by 12 mm.).

Hab. — Between tide-marks.

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Gouliot Caves, Sark (Norman).
First record. — Alder & Hancock ; coll. Norman

[1865].

A single individual of this curious species was
obtained by Mr. Norman among the numerous asci-
dians, zoophytes, and sponges which cover the walls
of the Gouliot Caves in Sark.

4. Aplidium nutans Johnston.
(Plate LV, figs. 7-9 (?) ; and fig. 100 in text.)

Aplidium nutans JOHNSTON in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII
[1834], p. 16, f. 5; FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848],
p. 12 ; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849
(1850), p. 73; AXSTKJI cV LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p.
219].

28

BRITISH TUNICATA.

Colony knob-like or pear-shaped, smooth, gelatinous,
pellucid, of a straw-yellow colour tinted with brown
and marked with whitish streaks from the immersed
animals ; adherent by abroad base (fig. 100, A). Indi-

FIG. 100. — Aplidium mitans. (After Johnston, loc. fit.) A, a group,
natural size. B, a single individual, x about 20. a, branchial
aperture ; b, branchial sac ; c, atrial aperture ; d, stomach (?).

victuals irregularly scattered, and lying horizontally
or nearly so, with a short, bulging thorax, [a very
short abdomen,] and a long, linear post-abdomen (fig.
100, B). Stomach orange-coloured, marked with longi-
tudinal lines.

APLIDIUM NUTANS. 29

General mass about an inch (25 mm.) high and half
an inch (12 mm.) in diameter; individuals four lines
(8 mm.) long.

Hah. — Deep water. [Attached to under surface of
stones, sides of rocks, etc. (Cocks). ~\

ENGLAND. — [? Cullercoats, Northumb. (Alder). Fal-
moutli, Cornwall (Codes). ~\

SCOTLAND. — Berwick Bay, Berwickshire (Johnston}.
First record. — Johnston, 1834.

The individuals of this species are stated by Dr.
Johnston to be "nutant" or curved downward at the
top. This is probably only the case when the animals
are dead and contracted, as the apertures would no
doubt rise to the surface in a living state. Dr. John-
ston's figure of an individual agrees very well with
Savigny's second tribe of Aplidia : "Animaux filiformes,
a ovaire beaucoup plus long que le corps." We have
not been so fortunate as to meet with either this
species or Amaroucium fallax Johnst. ; our knowledge
of them therefore entirely depends upon Dr. John-
ston's descriptions and figures.*

Genus 18. SIDNYUM Savigny, 1816.

8idnyum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2 [1816],
p. 238.

Colony turbinated, rounded above and contracted
below, sessile ; composed of several systems. Indi-
viduals elongated; branchial aperture 6-lobed ; atrial
simple, tubular, applied against the thorax. Thorax
and abdomen of nearly equal length, rather short.
Post-abdomen pedunculated, slender, dilated, and
filiform.

By the above characters M. Savigny distinguishes a
genus founded upon a Compound Ascidian sent to him
from England by Dr. Leach. He considers it to be

* [The figures (PI. LV, figs. 7-9) doubtfully referred to Aplidium nutans
were drawn by Alder from specimens found at Cullercoats. Under the
drawings, in his writing, is "Aplidium nutans, Johns. ? "j

30 BRITISH TUNICATA.

intermediate between Synoicum and Aplidium, and
only to be distinguished from the latter by the struc-
ture of the stomach ; the very slender and peduncu-
lated form of the ovary (post-abdomen)* giving it at
the same time some resemblance to Sigillina.

The genus ought probably to be united to Aplidium.

1. Sidnyum turbinatum Savigny.

Sidni/um turbinatum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2
[1816], p. 239.

Colony perfectly transparent [lobed, each lobe corre-
sponding to a system]. Individuals arranged in long,
narrow ellipses directed from the centre towards the
circumference. (Other characters as in the genus of
which this is the only species.)

Dr. Fleming found what he was inclined to consider
8. turbinatum on the rocks of the Isle of May, and his
description of it in ' British Animals ' is compounded
of the characters of Savigny's genus and of those
of his own recent specimen. Professor Edward
Forbes, again, has adopted what we believe to be
another species as the Sidnyum turbinatinn of Savigny,
and has altered the generic character to suit it.f It is
only necessary, however, to pay a little attention to
Savigny's description to be convinced that our distin-
guished English naturalist was under a mistake, and
that his species, an individual of which he figures with
a branchial aperture of eight lobes, and a broad, un-
pedunculated post-abdomen (see ' Brit Moll.' PL B,
f. 2), cannot be the animal described by Savigny with
a branchial aperture of six lobes, and a pedunculated
post-abdomen dilated and filiform (mince comme unfit}.
Besides which Forbes' species has a single circular

* Savigny had not detected in these animals the character of the circula-
tion and position of the heart, which is situated along with the ovary in
"the post-abdomen" of Milne Edwards.

t [These species are here described under the names of Parascidia
Flemingii and P. Forbesii (pp. 19 and 20).]

SIDNYCJM TUBBINATUM. 31

system with a common excretory orifice in the centre
(mentioned only as a depression in the description),
while Savigny's has several systems radiating in narrow
ellipses from the centre to the circumference like the
plates of a single-starred Madrepore, and without a
common orifice.

If this view be correct the Sidnyum turbinatum of
Savigny remains yet to be identified. Mr. Thompson
gives two localities for it in Ireland,* but we believe
his species to be that of Forbes, with whom he was in
constant correspondence.

Family 6.

Individuals not much elongated, composed of a dis-
tinct thorax and abdomen, and enveloped in a common
mass, but without post-abdomen, the heart and
ovaries being associated with the digestive organs in
the abdomen.

[This family has been divided into two : Distomidae,
containing the genus Distoma ; and Didemnidse, con-
taining the genera Didemnum and Leptodinum ; both
families also having genera not represented in the
British Isles. They chiefly differ in the Distomidse
having a colony " rounded and massive, rarely incrust-
ing, either sessile or supported upon a long or short
peduncle;' and the Didemnidse having a colony
" usually flat, thin, and incrusting, rarely thick and
massive, never pedunculated." (Herdman.}~\

* [Strangford Lough and Belfast Bay, the former on his own authority,
the latter on that of Dr. Drummond.]

32 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Section 1. Without common excretory orifices.
A. Branchial aperture only -with lobes.

Genus 19. DIDEMNUM Savigny.

Didemnum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2 (1816),
p. 194; [LAMOUROUX Exp. ineth. Polyp. (1821), p. 75;]
MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp. [1841], p. 79, [in
Mem. Acad. Sci. List, France, XVIII (1842), p. 295].

Didemnium* WOODWARD Man. Moll. [pt. 3 (1856)], p. 341;
[H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Eecent Moll. II (1858), p. 602].

Colony sessile, gelatinous or cartilaginous, [sometimes
thin] and incrusting. Indi.ti duals dispersed irregu-
larly over the surface, or very indistinctly combined
into systems, without a common excretory orifice.
l>i-<n«'liitd iiftrftnTe with six lobes, atrial plain, indis-
tinct. [Tentacles eight in number.] Thorax short,
sub-globular ; abdomen larger than the thorax and
united to it by a peduncle more or less distinct.
Ovari/ single, placed at the side of the abdominal
cavitv.

V

1. Didemnum gelatinosum Milne Edwards.
(Figs. 101-103.)

Didemnum gelatinosum MILNE EDWARDS Ohs. AscMies comp.
[1841], p. 79, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 295,] pi. vii, ff. 5, 5 a-d; [DESHAYES in Cuvier's
Regne Anim., Moll. (dr. 1845), pi. cxxix, f. 4; THOMPSON
in Ann. Nat. Hist, (2) I (1848), p. 64; VICTOR CARUS in
Proc. Ashmol. Soc. II (1851), p. 268; M. SARS in Nyt
Mag. f, Naturvid. VI (1851), p. 153;] THOMPSON [in Rep.
Brit. A'SSOC, for 1852 (1853), p. 293, and] Nat. Hist.
Ireland, IV [1856], p. 364 ; [WOODWARD Man. Moll, pt, 3
(1856), p. 341, pi. xxiv, f. 10 ;] M. SARS in Forhandl.
Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1858 [1859], p. 66; [GEGENBAUR in
Arch. f. Anat. 1862, p. 149, pi. iv; ALDER in Rep. Brit.
Assoc. for 1866 (1867) p. 208 ; GRUBE in Abli. schles.

* So spelt in the authors' MS. and by several others, but this variation
in spelling is not here discriminated in the synonymy of the various species.

WPEMNUM: GELATINOSUM.

33

Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 1868-69 (1869), pp. 105, 125; NOEMAN
in Eep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868 (1869), p. 803; GAVIN in
Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. XX, 4 (1870), pp. 512, 515].

Colon// (fig. 101) incrusting, thin, viscous, and
without colour. Individuals small, yellow, disposed
without appreciable order through the mass. Branchial

FIG. 101. — Didemmnn ijr1nfiit<niviu, fixed on a mass of Serpulse.
Natural size. (M. Edwards, pi. vii, f. 5.)

«l_n-rtn're with six small obtuse lobes. Thorax large,*"
the branchiae with five rows of stigmata. Abdomen
united to the thorax by a well-marked peduncle.
Reproductive buds branching from the abdomen and
running through the tegumeutary mass (fig. 103).

.

i

FIG. 10± — Development of Di'l.-nnmm rjelatinosum. Highly magnified.
a, early stage ; b, later stage.

Diann'li-1' of mass one or two inches (12-25 mm.).
Length of individuals half a line (1 mm.).

Hal. — Adherent to 8cr^/i]a tiibularia, etc. (Thotnji-
soii),

'• The word in the MS. is " small," )>ut this is evidently an error. Milne
Edwards says " thorax gros."

in. 3

34 BRITISH TUNICATA.

ENGLAND. - - Sealiam Harbour, Durham (Hodge).
Scilly Isles (Cams).

WALES. — Menai Straits, Anglesey (fiowerbank).

IRELAND. — Strangford Loch, Down, dredged [1839]
(Thompson). " Dr. Scouler has met with it on the
Irish Coast" (Thompson, ' Nat. Hist. Irel.').

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey, and Gouliot Caves,
Sark (Norman).

First record.- -Thompson, 1848.

M. Sars records this species as common on the
Norwegian Coast.

'

.

'

.

'

FIG. 103. — Part of a colony of Didemnum gelatinosum, enlarged.
a, common tegumentary tissue ; b, an individual immersed in the
tissue ; p', an egg only a little developed ; p", an egg more
developed. (M. Edwards, pi. vii, f. 5a.)

The following are notices of other species of
Didemnum :-

Mr. William Thompson (' Nat. Hist. Ireland ') says :
" A species apparently of this genus may not uncom-
monly be found investing the stems of Halidrys
siliquosa. It is of a pale-gray colour, and may be said
to give the plant the appearance of being besmeared
with bird-lime."

DIDEMNUM GELATIXOSUM. 35

[Canon A. M. Norman found a species in Parella
Bay, Guernsey, in 1865, which, judging from the
figure of it given by Alder (PI. LV, fig. 10), may be
the same as the above ; and another form which he
procured there at the same time (PI. LV, fig. 12) is
probably a variety.]

Dr. Victor Carus (' Proc. Ashm. Soc.' II, p. 267) also
announces the occurrence of Didemnum <-<nttli<lnm Sav.
in the Scilly Islands, but as this is a Red Sea species
there may possibly be some mistake in its identity.

[2. Didemnum candidum Savigny.]
(Figs. 104 and 105.)

[Didemnum candidum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert,
pt, 2 (1816), pp. 14, 194, pi. iv, f. 3, and pi. xx, f. 1 ;
LAMOUROUX Exp. meth. Polyp. (1821), p. 75, pi. Ixxvii,
f. 7 ; FLEMING Philos. Zool. (1&22)< II, p. 515; EICHWALD
Zool. Spec. I (1829), p. 268 ; FLEMING Moll. Anim. (1837),
p. 213 ; DELLE CHIAJE Descriz. Anim. Invert. Ill (1841),
p. 21, pi. Ixxxv, f. 26; DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne
Anim., Moll. (dr. 1845), pi. cxxix, f. 3; LOWIG &
KOLLIKER in Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), Zool. V (1846), p. 208,
pi. vi, if. 26, 27, and in Arch. Sci. Nat. Ill (1846), p. 297;
RUPERT JONES in Cyclop. Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850), p. 1196,
f. 774 a; VICTOR CARUS in Proc. Ashmol. Soc. II (1851),
p. 268; SCHACHT in Archiv f. Anat. 1851, p. 192, and in
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. I (1853), p. 107; HOEVEN Handb.
Zool. (Engl. transl.) I (1856), p. 703 ; H. & A. ADAMS
Gen. Recent Moll. II (1858), pi. cxxxv, if. 3, 3 a ; OWEN
Moll, in Encycl. Brit. ed. 8, XV (1858), p. 332 ; BRONN
Thier-Reichs, III (1861), pp. 115, 117, pi. xii, f. 10.

Didermum candidum DELLE CHIAJE Mem. Anim. senza Vert.
Ill (1828), p. 97, pi. xxxvi, f. 26.

Eucalium candidnm LAMARCK Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2,
III (1840), p. 493.]

[Colony (fig. 104) incrusting, thin, opaque, and milk-
white in colour, flat or relieved here and there with a
few protuberances. Iinliriclnah (fig. 105) small, dis-
posed in fairly regular order throughout the mass,
their tunic membranous, marked with slender muscular

36 BRITISH Tl'NICATA.

nerves. Branchial aperture with six sharply-pointed
lobes. Thorax and abdomen saffron-yellow in colour,
united by a peduncle a little longer than the thorax.
Stomach nearly globular, very simple, the intestine
with two slight constrictions below the stomach before
its upward, ventral bend.

Diameter of mass one inch to two inches (25 to
50 mm.). Length of individuals half a line (1 mm.).

Hull. — Investing Madrepores.

ENGLAND. — Scilty Islands (C-arvs).
/'V/'x/ record. — -Cams, 1850.

This species is admitted on the authority of Victor
Cams as the fact of its having been found in the Gulf
of Suez does not seem a sufficient reason for doubting'
its occurrence in British waters.

Fi«. 104. — Didemnmn cainliil nni. Natural size1. (Savigny, pi. iv, f. 3.)

Savigny describes it as being opaque, fungous, or
spongeous, spreading over and more or less enveloping
the steins of madrepores in milk-white incrustations,
its surface covered with prominent nipples arranged
in six rays and disposed nearly in quincunx. The
individuals, or polypes as he calls them, are, he says,
yellow and very small, scarcely equalling in volume
two poppy seeds, one for the thorax, the other for the
abdomen and ovary together. The branchial aperture
resembles a funnel with its limb or upper margin cut
out into six very simple teeth, which are expanded
and pointed. The thorax is short, rounded, and
furrowed transversely, the back very gibbous and
divided by a longitudinal depression, the front
hollowed out below the tubercle. The abdomen is
larger than the thorax and nearly horizontal in

D1DKMNUM CANDIDUM.

position, that is at right angles with the thorax and
connecting peduncle, and its form is elliptic. The
ovary is orbicular and lies on the left side of the
abdomen.]

FIG. 105. — Individuals of Di<lemnuui /-it miiil nni. Enlarged. (Savigny,*
pi. xx, ff. 12~4.) a. Details of an individual seen from the right
side, much enlarged, b. Another individual deprived of its thorax
and less enlarged than the preceding ; its intestine and ovary
differently disposed. Seen from the left side. c. The same re-
versed. B, branchial aperture ; C, mantle ; C, atrial aperture ;
c, stomach; d, intestine; h, anterior (branchial) tubercle; A",
ovary ; k, excrement contained in the intestine ; 1, dorsal lamina.

//. Botli, api'
Genus 20. DISTOMA Savigny, 1816.

(DISTOMUS Gaertner, 1774.)

Distomus GAERTNEK in Pallas' [Spicil. Zool. I, fasc. 10
(1774), p. 35; LAMARCK Hist. nat. Aniin. s. Vert. Ill
(1816), p. 100, and ed. 2, III (1840), p. 497; WOODWARD
Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856), p. 342;] H. & A. ADAMS Gen.
Recent Moll. II [1858], p. 603.

Distoma SAVIGNY Mem. Aiiim. sans Vert. pt. 2 [1816],
p. 176; [LAMOUROUX Kxp. metli. Polyp. (1821), p. 72 ;]
FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 18.

Diazona FLEMING Brit. Anim. [182S], p. 469.

Distomnui M. SARS [in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. VI (1851),
p. 154].

* All the figures after Savigny are copied from his ' Mt'moires,' pt. '2
(1816).

38 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Colon-)/ polymorphous, semi-cartilaginous [or gela-
tinous], sessile. Individuals immersed, irregularly
arranged into several subcircular [or elongate]
systems without common excretory orifices. Thorax
and abdomen rather distant, united by a peduncle.
Apertures terminal, both with six lobes. Branchial
sac with papillae.

The individuals of this genus greatly resemble those
of Diazona in form, but differ in being wholly
immersed in the common mass, which is generally
depressed or incrusting.

1. Distoma rubrum Savigny.
(Figs. 106 and 107.)

Distoma rulirum SAVIGNY [in Descr. Egypte, Hist. Nat. I
(dated 1809, hut later), pt. 2, p. 24, and] Mem. Anim.
sans Vert, pt. 2 [(1816), pp. 38, 177], pi. iii, f. 1, and
pi. xiii ; [LAMOUROUX Exp. meth. Polyp. (1821), p. 72,
pi. Ixxvii, f. 1 ; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1) V (1840),
p. 95, and in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264;]
FORBES & HANLEY Brit, Moll. I [1848], p. 18, pi. A, f. 6,
and pi. B, f. 6 ; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for
1849 (1850), p. 74; GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II (1856),
p. 33, f. 48;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV [(1856),
p. 361 ; MERRIFIELD Nat. Hist. Brighton (1860), p. 81;
NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p. 7247].

\_Polyzona rulra FLEMING Philos. Zool. II (1822), p. 513, and
Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 211.]

[Distoma rubra Risso Hist. nat. Europe merid. (1826), IV,
p. 278; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219.]

\_Synoicum rubrum COLDSTREAM in Edinb. new Philos. Journ.
IX (1830), p. 239, pi. ii, ff. 8-11.]

\_Distomus ruber OKKN Allgem. Naturgesch. V, 1 (1835),
p. 94 ; LAMARCK Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, III (1840),
p. 498; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. II (1858),
pi. cxxxv, ff. 4, 4 o.]

Colon)/ (fig. 106) an erect, compressed mass of a
reddish-violet colour. Individual* (fig. 107) slightly
prominent, yellowish, scattered over the two sides in
groups of from three to twelve in each system. Aper-
tures a little apart, 6-lobed, tinted with purple.

DISTOMA 1UT1UUJM. 39

Diameter of the general mass four or five inches
(101-127 mm.); thickness half an inch (12 mm.) ;
li'itijth of individuals two lines (4mm.).

Hali. — On Lam.iiiariti. <U<jitata. [On stones and on
steins of Laminaria digitata, in pools at low water-
mark (Cock*).]

ENGLAND. — [Brighton (Merrificlil). Gwyllyn-vase,
Swanpool, and Pennance, Falmouth, Cornwall (Codes). ~\

SCOTLAND. — [North shore of Lamlash Bay, Arran

FIG. 106. — Distoma rub rum. One half natural size. (Savigny,

pi. iii, f. 1.)

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim, dredged by E.
Getty (Thompson).

First record.— -Thompson, 1840; coll. Getty.

Savigny gives " les mers d' Europe " as the habitat of
this species, it is presumed on the authority of Dr.
Leach from whom he received the specimen. Mr.
Thompson states that his specimens were not of so
lively a colour as represented in Savigny's work. No
specimens, however, are preserved in his collection.

[This is probably the " Alcyonium rubrum, pulposum,
conicum plerumque' of Plancus (Bianchi) in 'Conch,
minus notis,' ed. 2 (1760), App., p. 113, pi. x.]

40

BRITISH TUNICA.TA.

FIG. 107. — Individuals of Distomarubrum. Much enlarged. (Savigny,
pi. xiii, ff. 1 4's-9.) «. An individual seen from the right side; with
branchial aperture further enlarged. 6. Another individual differ-
ing in the forward bend of the intestine and the curvature of the
peduncle of the abdomen, c. The same reversed. B, branchial
aperture ; b, oesophagus ; C, atrial aperture ; c, csecum of the
stomach ; d, intestine ; d, swelling of the intestine near the pylorus ;
e, prolongation of the mantle in the base of the test, or in its
peduncle; H, anal aperture ; h, anterior (branchial) tubercle; K,
ovary ; k, posterior tubercle ; 1, dorsal lamina ; t, an isolated germ
being protruded from the anal aperture.

[2. Distoma variolosum (G-aertner) Savigny.]
(Plate XL VI, figs. 12-14, and fig. 108 in text.)

[Distomus variolosus G-AERTNER in Pallas' Spicil. Zool. I,
fasc. 10 (1774), pp. 35, 40, pi. iv, ff. 7, 7 a; OLIVI in
Opusc. scelti Scienze, XVI (1793), p. 248 ; SAVIGNY Mem.
Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2 (1816)., p. 38 ; LAMARCK Hist. nat.
Anim s. Vert. Ill (1816), p. 101, and ed. 2,111 (1840), p.
498; DELLE CHIAJE Mem. Anim. senza Vert. Ill (1828),
pp. 86, 94; STARK Elem. Nat. Hist. (1828), II, p. 120.

DISTOMA VAIUULOSUM. 41

Alcyonmm ascidioides PALLAS Spicil. Zool. I, fasc. 10 (1774),
pp. 35, 40; (IMKLIN Linnaei Syst. Nat. ed. 13, I, pt. 6
(1791), p. 3816; OLIVI Zool. Adriatica (1792), p. 236 ;
TURTON Gen. Syst. Nat. IV (1806), p. 656, and Brit,
Fauna, I (1807), p. 207 ; SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert,
pt. 2 (1816), pp. 3, 26.

Alcyoniiim dixtomum BRUGUJERE Hist. nat. Vers, I (1789),
p. 23, in Encycl. Metli. ; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers (1802), III,
p. 132, and ed. 2 (1827), III, p. 159; LAMOUROUX Hist.
Polyp. Corall. flex. (1816), p. 352, and (Engl. transl.)
Corallina (1824), p. 250.

Dixtoma variolosum SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2
(1816), pp. 38, 178; LAMOUROUX Exp.meth. Polyp. (1821),
p. 73 ; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1) V (1840), p. 95;
DELLE CHIAJE Descriz. Anim. Invert. Ill (1841), p. 21,
pi. Ixxx, f. 12; THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843
(1844), p. 264; FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I (1848),
p. 19 ; COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849
(1850); p. 74; NORMAN in Zoologist, XV (1857), p. 5707.

Distoma variolosus OKEN Lelirb. Naturgesch. Ill, 1 (1815),
p. 83; FLEMING in Edinb. Encycl. XIV (1820), p. 631;
RANG Hist. nat. Moll. (1829), p" 353.

Polyclinum variolosum CUVIER Regne Anim. (1817), II,
p. 501, and eel. 2, III (1830), p. 169; McMuRTBiB (Engl.
transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd. Ill (1834), p. 115.

Poli/zon a variolosa FLEMING Philos. Zool. (1822), II, p. 513,
and Brit. Anim. (1828), p. 469.

Distoma variolatux BLAINVILLE Man. Malac. et Conch. (1825),
p. 585, and (1827), pi. Ixxxii, ff. 4, 4 a; McMuRTRiE
Cuvier's Anim. Kingd. (Engl. transl.),' Atlas, III (1837),
pi. xliii ter, f. 3.

Distomus ascidioides OKKN Allgem. Naturgesch. V, 1 (1835),
pp. 93, 94.

Polyzona variolosum FLEMING Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 211.

Poli/clmmn variolosus DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anim.,
Moll. (dr. 1845), p. 245.

Distomum variolosus HOEVEN Handb. Zool. (Engl. tranl.)
I (1856), p. 704.

Thylacium rarieyatum ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI
(1863), p. 168.

Didemnium variolosum GTRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf (1864),
p. 62, pi, f. 4.]

[Colony (PI. XL VI, figs. 12, 13 ; and fig. 108, a, in
text) "coriaceous, not thick, flat beneath, warty above;

42 BRITISH TUNICATA.

pale reddish or yellowish white. Individuals (fig. 108,
b) orange red. Systems not distinctly circumscribed."
(Forbes <$• Hanleij.} " Individuals for the most part
oval, varying from saffron to red in colour, each being
doubly perforated with small crimson orifices having
somewhat swollen margins similarly coloured and with
six distinct radii forming as it were so many teeth
around them." (Gaertner, transl.)

Diameter of the mass from one-half to three-quarters
of an inch (12-18 mm.).

Halt. — On Fucm palmatus (Gaertner}. Investing
Fucus xi'rrafnx (Thompson). On roots of Laminaria
digitata (Cocks). On the test of Cijntlda mamillaris
(Jeffreys). On the carapace of Maia
(Norman).

FIG. 108. — Distoma variolosum. (After Gaertner, loc. cit.) a, a colony,
natural size ; b, a single individual, enlarged.

ENGLAND. — Lulworth Cove, Dorset (Jeffreys). Coast
of Cornwall (Gaertner). Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).
SCOTLAND. — Firth of Clyde (Norman).
IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim (Thompson}.
CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Norman).
First record. — Gaertner, 1774.

This species was described in Vol. II of the present
monograph (p. 1-38) as a Tlujlacinin. It is however
the type species of the genus Dixtoma, and could not
be removed to a genus more recently founded and
differing moreover in having the apertures 4-lobed.]

DISTOMA V1TREUM. 43

3. Distoma vitreum M. Sars.
(Plate LV, fig. 13, and PI. LVI, fig. 8.)

Distoina ritrenm M. SAKS in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. VI
[1851], p. 154, [and in Fo'rh. Vid-Selsk. Christ. 1858
(1859), p. 66; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862),
p. 219].

Colony greyish white, hyaline, sub-cartilaginous,
clavate or fusiform, adhering by a narrow base.
liniiciiliinlx white or yellowish, irregularly disposed
(PL LV, fig. 13). Brani-hial and olrlal apertures each
with six blunt lobes. Abdomen oblong-ovate, united
to the thorax by a thickish peduncle.

Length of mass a quarter to half an inch (6-12 mm.).

Hab. — Adhering to the stem of a zoophyte.

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Dredged (Norman).

First record. — Alder & Hancock ; coll. Norman.

A cluster of specimens of different sizes (mostly
young) was dredged by Mr. Norman.

Section 2. With common excretory orifices.

Genus 21. LEPTOCLINUM Milne Edwards, 1841.

Leptodinum MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp. [(1841),
p. 81, in Mem. Acacl. Sci. List. France, XVIII (1842),
p. 297;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit, Moll. I [1848], p. 341 ;
G-OSSE Man. Marine Zool. II [1856], p. 33; WOODWARD
Man. Moll, pt, 3 (1856), p. 341; H. & A. ADAMS Gen.
Recent Moll. II [1858], p. 604.

Colony incrusting, thin, coriaceous or gelatinous,
[polymorphous,] often containing calcareous crystals.
Individuals small, set in [many] very indistinct
systems, each with a common cloaca and excretory
orifice. Brancliial aperture with six rays; a trial plain
[but with a long languet]. Abdomen united to the
thorax by a short peduncle or sometimes nearly
sessile.

44 BRITISH TUNK'ATA.

(i. With Calcareous c

1. Leptoclinum maculosum Milne Edwards.

(Plate LVIT.)

HHK-H/.ONHHI MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 81, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 297,] pi. viii, f. 2; [THOMPSON in Rep. Brit.
Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264, and in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(1) XIII (1844), p. 434;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I
[1848], p. 16; THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV [1856],
p. 362; [WOODWARD Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856), p. 342;
NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (I860), p. 7247; ANSTED &
LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219].

Colony forming a thin, tough, leathery crust, some-
times slightly papillose, of a white or greyish colour
[occasionally with a blue or purplish tinge], marked
with undulating or branching purplish lines (PL LVII,
figs. 2, 5, and 7) ; the surface densely crowded with
stellate calcareous granules (PI. LVII, figs. 3, 4, 6, and
8). Individuals dispersed in a nearly quincunx order;
nf>d<tiiie)i> pedunculated. Common orifice rather incon-
spicuous.

Diameter of mass variable, generally about an inch
(25 mm.) or upwards.

Hah. — On the roots of Laminaria and on other
marine bodies.

On most parts of our coasts.

ENGLAND. — Northumberland coast (Alder). Isle of
Man (Aider).

WALES. — [Garth Ferry, Carnarvonshire (Alder).']
Menai Straits, Anglesey (Alder).

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim, and the north of
Ireland generally; [Clew Bay, Mayo] (Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS.- - [Parella Bay, Guernsey
(Norman). ~\

First record.- -Thompson, LS43.

[The figures given on PL LVII probably represent
colour-varieties only.]

LKITOCLINUM ASl'KKTM. 45

2. Leptoclinum asperum Milne Edwards.
(Plate LVIII, fig. 1, and fig-. 109 in text.)

a*/><'r/(iu MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 82, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List. France, XVIII
(1842),]). 298,] pi. viii, f. 3; [THOMPSON in "Rep. Brit.
Assoc. for 1848 (1844), p. 264, and in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(1) XIII (1844), p. 434;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I
[1848], p. 17 ; [CocKS in Rep. K. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for
1849 (1850), p. 74;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist, Ireland, IV
[(1856), p. 362; NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (I860),
p. 7249; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219;
GTRUBE Insel Lnssin Meeresf. (1864), p. 59].

Colon;/ (PI. LVIII, fig-. 1) incrusting, coriaceous,
thin, rough with little conical papillae placed near to

FIG. 109. — Part of a colony of Leptoclinum asperwn. Enlarged.
(M. Edwards, pi. viii, f. 3 a.)

or confluent with the branchial apertures (fig. 109) ;
colour dull yellowish white. In other respects resem-
bling the last species.

Hah. — Generally found associated with L. macn-
[On the roots of Lamina-rid digitata, Cystoseira
'*, etc. (Codes) J\

ENGLAND. — [Falmouth, Cornwall ((.'<«7,-x).]
IHELAND. — North coast, [and Clew Bay, Mayo]
(Thompson^.

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (AM a-).
First rn'onL — [Thompson, 1843.]

Specimens from Gouliot Caves, Sark, presented to
us by Dr. Bowerbank show the distinct papillose

46 BRITISH TUNICATA.

character of L. <t*j>eruni, while some of the specimens
have purplish or brownish undulating lines as in L.
maculosum.

t

3. Leptoclinum durum Milne Edwards.
(Plate LVIII, figs. 2-6.)

Leptoclinum dnrnm MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 82, [in Mem. Acad. tfci. lust. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 298,] pi. viii, f. 4; [THOMPSON in Rep. Brit,
Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264, and in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(1) XIII (1644), p. 434; GRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf.
(1864), p. 59 ; NOKMAN in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868
(1869), p. 303].

[Amaroucium aiwum DESHAYES in Clavier's Regne Anim.,
Moll. (dr. 1845), pi. cxxx, f. 1.]

Leptoclinum aureum FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848],
p. 17 ; [CocKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849
(1850), p. 74;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV [1856],
p. 362 ; [DICKIE in Rep. Brit, Assoc. for 1857 (1858),
p. 111].

Colony thin, incrusting, tough, coriaceous, of a
uniform buff or chamois-leather colour (PL LVIII,
figs. 5 and 6), sometimes inclining to flesh-colour
(PL LVIII, figs. 2 and 3) ; the surface containing
calcareous granules (PL LVIII, fig. 4), and more or
less distinctly furrowed by undulating lines. Common
excretory orifices large. Individuals rather closely set.
Brandt ><t I njtertiires prominent and deeply 6-cleft.
Abdomen nearly sessile.

Diameter about an inch (25 mm.).

Hal>. — [? Moderately deep water. On the stem and
roots of Laminaria digitata from deep water (Cocks).~\

ENGLAND. — Craster, Northumb. (Stanger). [Gwyllyn-
vase, Swanpool, Pennance, Bar, etc., Falmouth, Corn-
wall (Cocks). ~\ Douglas Bay, Isle of Man (Alder}.

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down, dredged
(Thompson fy Hyndman). [Clew Bay, Mayo (Thomp-
son).']

First record. — [Thompson, 1843.]

LEPTOOLINUM FULGENS. 47

4. Leptoclinum fulgens Milne Edwards.

(Plate LVIII, figs. 7-10, and fig. 110 in text.)

Leptoclinum fulgens MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies coinp.
[1841], p. 83, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List. France, XVIII

(1842), p. 299,] pi. viii, f. 5; [ANSTBD & LATHAM
Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219 ; G-RUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf.
(1864), p. 59, and in Abli. schles. Cles. vatevl. Cultur,
1868-69 (1869), pp. 105, 125].

<y r

FIG. 110. — Part of a colony of Leptorluium fidyens. (M. Edwards,

pi. viii, f. 5 a.)

Colonij incrusting, thin when on a flat surface
(PL LVIII, figs. 7 and 10), but more massive when
incrusting zoophytes, rather less coriaceous and more
delicate than in the last species, with or without very
slight papillae, and of a brilliant orange-vermilion
colour. Individuals small ; calcareous crystals (PL
LVIII, fig. 8) very uneven in size and with numerous
points (about twelve in the circumference of the
larger crystals).

t/

Hab. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks, and on shells and zoophytes.

48 BRITISH TUN1CATA.

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — St. Peter's Port, Guernsey, on
stones (Alder). Off Saint's Point, Guernsey, on shells,
etc., dredged (Norman).

First record. — [Ansted & Latham, 1862 ; coll. Alder.]

[A Le/itiH'lin/iui belonging to this division of the
genus, that is with calcareous crystals, is figured
(Plate LIX, figs. 1-6). It was found by Canon
Norman off Saint's Point and in Parella Bay, G uernsey,
and was named by the authors L. griseum, but has
not been described by them.]

h. intlioiit calcareous cnjxtah.

5. Leptoclinum gelatinosum Milne Edwards.

(Plate LIX, fig. 7, and fig. Ill in text.)

Leptoclinum gelatinosum MILNE EDWAKDS Obs. Ascidies
comp. [1841], p. 83, [in Mem. Acacl. Sci. lust. France,
XVIII (1842), p. 295,] pi. viii, f. 1 ; [THOMPSON in Eep.
Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264, and in Ann. Nat,
Hist, (1) XIII (1844), p. 434;] FORBKS & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 17, pi. A, f. 5; [Cocxs in
Eep. E. Cormv. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74; M.
SAKS in Nyt Mag. f.'Naturvid. VI (1851), p. 154; G-OSSE
Man. Marine Zool. II (1856), p. 33, f. 47 ;] THOMPSON
Nat. Hist, Ireland, IV [1856], p. 362; [NORMAN in
Zoologist, XV (1857), p. 5707 ; H. & A. ADAMS Gen.
Recent Moll. II (1858), pi. c-xxxvi, ff. 1, 1 a; M. SARS in
Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1858 (1859), p. 66; ANSTED
& LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219; GRUBK in Abh.
schles. Ges. vaterl. Cultnr, 1868-69 (1869), pp. 105,
125].

Colon// (PI. LIX, fig. 7) gelatinous, thin, semi-trans-
parent, white or nearly colourless. Individuals irregu-
larly arranged around common cloacal orifices, which
are rather large. Branchial aperture divided into six
deep lobes (fig. 111). Thorav white, abdominal viscera
yellow, nearly sessile.

LKITOCLINUM CKLATINOSUM. 49

of mass one inch to two inches (25-50
mm.).

Halt. — Under stones between tide-marks and on
the roots of Laminana. [Attached to the stem and
roots of Ldiit-f-un.rin- (lii/it<it«, on stones, etc., at low
water-mark ( Cocks) .]

ENGLAND. — Devonshire and Cornwall, under stones
(Alder}. [Gwyllyn-vase, Swanpool, Pennance, etc.,
Falmouth, Cornwall (Cock*).']

SCOTLAND. — [Firth of Clyde (Norm-mi). ~\

FIG. 111. — Part of a colony of Leptoclinum gelatinosum. Enlarged.
(M. Edwards, pi. viii, f. 1 «.)

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Down, on Laniimnia; [and
Clew Bay, Mayo] (Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder and Norman).
First, record.- -[Thompson, 1843.]

6. Leptoclinum punctatum Forbes.
(Plate LIX, figs. 8-18; and PI. LX.)

Leptoclinum punctatum FORBES in Brit. Moll. I [1848],
p. 18; ALDEK & HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside Nat.
Field Club, I [1848], p. 204 ; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw.
Polyt, Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74; ANSTED & LATHAM
Channel Isl. (1802), p. 219].

Colony gelatinous, [shining and translucent,] thin,
in. 4

50 BRITISH TUNICATA.

incrusting, nearly colourless, spotted with orange and
white from the enclosed animals (PI. LIX, fig. 8).
Individuals irregularly arranged in sub-longitudinal
systems, each with a smallish common orifice (PL LIX,
fig. 9). Thorax white, with a dark ruby-coloured,
nearly black spot in front (PI. LIX, fig. 12). Branchial
sac with four rows of stigmata. Abdomen yellow or
orange-coloured, sub-sessile (PL LIX, fig. 12).

Hah. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks. [On stones at low water-mark (Cocks).]

ENGLAND. - - [Whitley (1847) and Cullercoats,]
Northumb. (Alder}. [Gwyllyn-vase, Falmouth, Corn-
wall (Cocks). Isle of Man (Forbes).]

First record. — Forbes, 1848.

[Various stages in the development of this species,
observed at Tynemouth in August, 1858, are repre-
sented on PL LX.]

7. Leptoclinum Listerianum Milne Edwards.
(Figs. 112 and 113.)

Polyclinum LISTER in Phil. Trans, for 1834 [CXXIV, pt. 2],
p. 382, pi. xii, f. 1 [3 figs.] .

Leptoclinnm Listerianum MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies
comp. 1841, p. 84, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List. France,
XVIII (1842), p. 300;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. 1
[1848], p. 17 ; [CocKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for
1849 (1850), p. 74; MERRIFIELD Nut. Hist. Brighton
(1860), p. 81; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel IsL (1862),
p. 219 ; GRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), pp. 30, 61].

[Leptoclinum Lister i BRONN Thier-Reichs, III (1861), p.
171.]

Colon if (fig. 112) forming a grey, transparent, shiny
crust, speckled with white and black. Individuals
dispersed without apparent order ; the common cloacal
orifices rising into conical or sub-tubular eminences.
Branchial apertures (fig. 113) with a circle of white
spots. Branchial sac with four rows of stigmata.

Hal). — Investing the stems of small seaweeds. [On

LEPTOCL1NUM USTKKIANUM.

51

fronds and stems of Fncitx #<>rr<tti<* and roots of Cysto-
xcint t''

FIG. 112. — Leptoclinum Listerianum. x 4. (After Lister, loc. elf.)
The arrows show the excretory orifices.

ENGLAND. — Brighton, Sussex (Litter [and Merrt-
Jield]). [Grwyllyn-vase, Swanpool, Pennance, etc.,
Falmouth, Cornwall (Cod,-*).]

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — [Guernsey (Austed $• Latham).]

First record. — Lister, 1834.

'

' •

.

.

• •

'•". -\
• "

PIG. 113. — Leptoclinum Listerianum. x 20. (After Lister, loc. cit.)
" " a, ledges on the interior of the branchial sac, each ending at a
moveable spiral process in front, seen in two of the animals ; b, the
heart of one of them ; c, vent of the same, with the viscera imper-
fectly seen/' The arrows, indicating the direction of the currents,
show the branchial apertures and excretory orifices.

This species is distinguished from L. gelatinosum
by the circle of white spots around the apertures.

BRITISH TUNIC'ATA.

Family 7. BOTRYLLIDA:.

Individuals [short], with the thorax and abdomen
united ; arranged in distinct circular or elongated
systems around a common cloaca! orifice, and enveloped
in a sessile inc rusting mass ; the viscera at the side of
the branchial sac.

[The colony is incrusting, usually thin but some-
times thick and fleshy ; the systems are circular, ellip-
tical, or branching; the test is usually soft; the
branchial sac is large and well developed ; the dorsal
lamina is plain ; the tentacles are simple and do not
exceed sixteen in number.]

FIG. 114. — Structure of Botryllidte. Botrylloides rosaceus (Sav.) M.
Edw. (Savigny, pi. xx, ff. 3-', 3:!.) a. An individual seen from the
right side ; the tunic supposed to be transparent and the branchial
sac visible. l>. Another individual seen from the left side. B,
branchial aperture ; C, atrial aperture ; c, stomach ; F, branchial
sac ; g, intestinal loop ; H, anal aperture ; K, ovary.

Genus 22. BOTRYLLUS Gaertner, 1774.

Boh-i/llm GAERTNER in Pallas' Spicil. Zool. I, fasc. 10
[(1774), p. 35] ; LAMAECK [in Mem. du Mus. I (1815),
p. 835; [pars] Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert. [Ill (1816),
p. 106, and] ed. 2, III [1840], p. 505; SAVIGNY Mem.
Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2 [1816], p. 197; CUVIER Regne
Anim. [II (1817), p. 499; LAMOUROUX (pars) Exp. metli.
Polyp. (1(S'-1), P- 76;] BLAINVILLE Man. Malac. et Conch.

HOTItYLLUS.

53

•".'<„ ".»

•ttgfr ,*>::: tSE8^ .

o^ a -1 <• *«s o* .«»^--

.<• J. o=- «o • *.» «

2Nr°.

•>^->

rjrjj i T '..

/a.

IG. 115. — Structure of Botryllida). " Botryllus stellatus" Renier in
'Opusc. scelti Scienze.'xvi (1793), pi. i; Polycyclus Renieri Lamarck
in ' Mom. du Mas.' I (1815), p. 340. 1. A colony adhering- to two
fronds of Zostera, natural size. 2. A system, enlarged, a, branchial
apertures; b, common excretory orifice; e, individuals. 3. Part
of the same, viewed from above, b, common excretory orifice;
d, branchial aperture. 4. A portion of the net-like bottom of b,
fi.i,f. 3, further enlarged. 5. Transverse section of the colony, natural
size. (i. Part of the same, enlarged. 7. Section of a system,
enlarged, n, branchial apertures ; c, common excretory canal ; (?,
atrial apertiires ; e, individuals. 8. A single individual, further
enlarged. 9. The same, natural size. 10. Part of the tnnic (as
seen in fig. 8), much enlarged. 11. A portion of the same, seen in
profile, further enlarged. 12. Part of the common envelope, much
enlarged, showing (probably) germs secreted in it. 13. An Asci<H«,
about natural size, introduced for comparison.

54 BRITISH TUN1CATA.

[1825], p. 585; [M. SARS in Froriep's neue Notizen, III
(1837), col. 100;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848],
p. 341; GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II [1856], p. 34;
WOODWARD Man. Moll. [pt. 3 (1856)], p. 341 ; H. & A.
ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. [1858], p. 597.

Colony sessile, incrusting, gelatinous. Individuals
short, ovate, lying nearly horizontally and arranged
in numerous regular, star-like, circular or elliptic
systems around a common excretory orifice. Bran-
chial aperture not quite terminal, without rays; at rial
rather remote and not far from the opposite end of the
body, communicating with the cloacal cavity. Tenta-
cular -filament^ eisrht, four long and four short.

v O O

Ovaries double, one on each side of the branchial sac.

1. Botryllus Schlosseri (Pallas) Savigny.

(Plate LXI, figs. 1 and 2; and figs. 110 to 121 and

125ft in text.)

Alcyoninm ? SCHLOSSER in Phil. Trans. [XLIX, pt. 2 (1757),
p. 449]; BORLASE Nat. Hist. Cornwall [1758], p. 254,
pi. xxv, ft. 1, 2 [iion 3, 4].

[Alcyonium c<irnof<n)n, axta-icix, rarttis obfiisix, onidtutu ELLIS
in Pl.il. Trans. XLIX, pt, 2 (1757), p. 451, pi. xiv,
ft. A-C.]

Alcyonium Schlosseri PALLAS Elench. Zooph. [(1766), p.
::'55] ; LINNJEUS Syst. Nat. eel. 12 [I, pt. 2 (1767)], p.
1294; [BODDAEKT Lyst Plant-Dieren (1768), pp. 440,
653, pi. xi, ft'. 2 a, 2b; BERKENHOUT Nat, Hist. Gt, Brit.
Irel. I (1769), p. 210; op. clt. ed. 2, I (1789), p. 213;
and ed. 3, I (1795), p. 213; HOUTTUYN Nat. Hist. DiereiK
I, 17 stuck (1772), p. 398; P. MULLER Linne Natnrsyst,
VI, 2 (1775), p. 782; GRONOVIUS Zooph. Gronov. (1781),
p. 374;] SOLANDER. Nat, Hist. Zooph. [1786], p. 177;
[WILKENS Charakt. Thierpfl. II (1787), ]>. 188, pi. xviii,
f. 62; BEUGUIERE Hist, nat, Yers, I (1789), p. 280, in
Encycl. Meth ; GMELIN Linna-i Syst, Nat. I, pt 6 (1791),
•3812; OLIVI Zool. Adriatica (1792), p. 239; ESPEK
Pflanxenthiere, III (1794), p. 25, pi. vi, ft. 1, 2; PALLAS
Travels S. Prov. Russ. (Engl. transl.) II (1803), p. 465 ;
SHAW & NODDKK Xtit. Miscell. XVIII (1806), pi. dccxlviii-
TI-RTON Gen. Syst, Nat, (1806), IV, p. 653, and Brit,

BOTHYLU S SCI1LOSSKIU. 55

Fauna, I (1807), p. '207; JAMESON Mem. Wernerian Soc.
I (1811), p. 562].

Bofri/lliiK fitt'Uutns GAEUTNEU in Pallas3 Spicii. Zool. I, fa.sc.
10 [1774], pp. 35, 37, pi. iv, if. 1-5*; BKUGUIEKE Hist.
nat. Vers, [1 (1789),] p. 187, in Encycl. Metli. ; [CuviEE
Tabl.elem. Anim. (1798), p. 656; LAMARCK Syst. Anim.s.
Vert. (1801), p. 584; OK EN Lehrb. Naturgeseh. Ill, 1
(1815), p. 82;] LAMARCK [in Mem. du Mus. I (1815), p.
337;] Hist, nat, Anim. s. Vert, [III (1816), p. 108;
and] ed. 2, III [1840], p. 506; [CcviEK Regne Anim.
(1817), II, p. 499; ed. 2, III (1830), p. 168; and ed. 3
(1836), IJ,p. 104; DELLE CHIAJE Mem. Anim. senza Vert.
Ill (1828), p. 85, pi. xxxvi, if. 12, 13; RANG Hist, nat,
Moll. (1829), p. 358; RASCH in Mag. f. Naturvid. XII
(1836), p. 323; KAUP Tierreich, III (1837), p. 39;
HOLLAKD Nouv. elem. Zool. (1838), p. 44; GOULD Rep.
Invert. Mass. (1841). p. 320 ; LEUNIS Synops. Naturreich,
I (1844), p. 412; DESHAYES in Cuvier's Re.gne Anim.,
Moll. (dr. 1845), p. 244 ; F. E. SCHULZE in Zeits. f. wiss.
Zool. XII, 2 (1862), pp. 176, 183].

Botn/lhi^ $<••]< losseri, SAVJGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert, pt. 2
[1816], p. 200, pi. xx, f. 5 ; [FLEMING in Edinb. Encycl.
XIV (1820), p. 631; LAMOUROUX Exp. meth. Polyp.
(1821), p. 76 ; FLEMING in Philos. Zool. II (1822), p. 515,
and in Edinb. Philos. Jonrn. VIII (1823), p. 301 ; Risso
Hist, nat, Europe merid. (1826), IV, p. 281; DELLE
CHIAJE Mem. Anim. senza Vert. Ill (1828), p. 94;]
FLEMING Brit. Anim. [1828], p. 470; [HOEVEN Handb.
Dierk. II (1830), p. 30; OKEN All gem. Naturgesch. V,
1 (1835), pp. 95, 96; FLEMING Moll. Anim. (1837), p.
214; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat, Hist, (1) V (1840), p. 95,
and in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844), p. 264;
BEKTHOLD Lehrb. Zool. (1845), p. 517;] FORBES & HANLEY
Brit, Moll. I [1848], p. 19, pi. A, f. 7,t and pi. B, f. 7 ;
ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, I
[1848], p. 204; [CocKS in Rep. R, Cornw. Polyt. Soc.
for 1849 (1850), p. 74; HUXLEY in Engl. Cyclop., Nat.
Hist. I (1854), col. 609, ff. a, 1; HOEVEN Handb. Zool.
(Engl. transl.) I (1856), p. 703;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist.
Irel. IV [1856], p. 362; [HUXLEY in Cams' Icon. Zootom.

* From the figures of the systems here given (figs. 2-5 reproduced in
fig. 121) it seems doubtful whether Gaertner's three varieties pertain to
_B° Schlosseri, as Pallas believed, or to B. polycydus or other species then
unnamed ; but as the authors of this Monograph did not question this
determination, in the uncertainty their synonymy is adopted.

t [See foot-note under Botryllus polycydus (p. 71).]

56

lilv'ITiSH TUN10ATA.

I (1857), pi. xviii, f. 26; NORMAN in Zoologist, XV (1857),
p. 5707; DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858),
p. Ill; MERRIPIELD Nat. Hist. Brighton (1860), p. 81;
LANSZWEERT in Ann. Soc. Malac. Belg. Ill (1868), Mem.
p. 115; L. & A. AGASSIZ in Gould's Rep. Invert. Mass,
ed. 2 (1870), p. 3, pi. xiii, f. 319].

Botryllus verrucosus DAL YELL Rare and Rein. Anim. Scotl.

II [1848], p. 156, pi. xxxviii, if. 1-13, and pi. xl, if. 1-3.

Colon;/ a thick fleshy [or gelatinous] crust, spread-
ing over stones or forming an amorphous mass on the
stems or fronds of Algae (PL LXI, fig. 1 ) ; semi-
transparent and of a greyish or olive hue, with

K...

FIG. 116. — Individual of Botryllus Schlosseri. Much enlarged.
(Savigny, pi. xx, f. o2.) B, branchial aperture ; b, cesophagus ; C,
atrial aperture ; c, stomach : c, caecum of the stomach ; F, branchial
sac ; H, anal aperture ; h, anterior (branchial) tubercle ; K, ovary ;
k, posterior tubercle ; k, excrement contained in the intestine ;
t, egg.

imbedded yellow gemmae. Individuals (fig. 116)
uniformly yellow in colour, more or less deep, some-
times inclining to green, each with a central dark red
spot ; arranged in numerous systems of from five to
twelve or more [? 10 to 20], forming circular or oval
stars with a common sub-tubular excretory orifice
(PL LXL fig. 2). The masses often three or four
inches (76-102 mm.) in diameter.

Length of individuals [about aline (2mm.)].

Hal. — On the underside of stones and on seaweeds
between tide-marks and in the Laminarian zone.

BOTBYLLUS SOHLOSSEET.

57

EXOLAXD. — Common on nearly all the rocky parts
of the coast. [Brighton, Sussex (Merrifield). Fal-
raouth Harbonr (Schlosser, 7/or^.sv) ; Gwyllyn-vase,
Swanpool, Harbonr, etc., Falmouth, Cornwall,

'

IIIKLAND. — Belfast, Antrim ; Strangford Lough,
Down ; and Isle of Lambay, Co. Dublin, on stones
(Thompson^.

SCOTLAND. — [Leith shore, Firth of Forth (.l«.iii<'xou}.
Firth of Clyde (Nonuau)].

First record.— Schlosser, [1757 (roll. 1755)].

[If this species is, as Rondelet inferred, the sea-
grape of Pliny (' Hist. nat. Mundi,' lib. ix, cap. 2), it

FIG. 117. — The earliest figure of Botryllus Scldosseri. Natural size.
(From Gesiier's copy oi' Eondelet's figure of Uva marina, op. cit.
infra, 1555. J

is one of the earliest known Tunicates. Rondelet
first described and figured it in 1555, in his ' Universse
Aquatilium Historic ' (vol. ii, p. 130). His figure
has been copied by Gesner (' Hist. Anim.' 1558,
p. 1248) ; Aldrovandi (' De reliq. Anim. exsang.' 1606,
p. 592); and Jonston ('Hist, nat, Exsang. aqnat.'
1650, pi. xx). Gesner's figure, being the clearest,
has been photographed for reproduction here (fig.

117).

Copies of other early figures are also given : after
Ellis (1757), Borlase (1758), and Gaertner (1774).

The earliest discovery of the species in British seas
was published as " An Account of a curious, fleshy,
coral -like Substance ; in a letter to Mr. Peter Collinson,
F.R.S. from Dr. John Albert Schlosser, M.D. F.R.S.

53

BKITISH TUNIUATA.

with some Observations on it communicated to Mr.
Collinson l)v Mr. John Ellis, F.R.S." The letter was

FIG. ] 18. — Botryllus Schlosseri incrnstiny Fiicus vesicnlosus. Natural
size. (After Ellis, loc. cit., pi. xiv, f. A.) "Fleshy Alcyonin.ni full
of Stars with blunt Kays surrounding a Fucus found in the Sea
near Lizard Point " (Ellis).

read before the Royal Society 22nd January, 1756,
and is of sufficient interest to reproduce here.

Schlosser says : " I hir'd some fishermen to drudge
for me in this harbour, in order to examine the small
English coral, or cantlliinn iwstrfin of ttcnfs Synopsis,

noTkVLLUS SCHI.OSSFK'I. 59

recent in the microscope. The first time they hauled
in the drudge, I discovered a most extraordinary sea-
production surrounding the stem of an oldfucus feres :
it was of a hardish, but fleshy substance, and more
than an inch thick, of a light brown or ash colour, the
whole surface covered over with bright yellow shining
and star-like bodies, which induced me to believe it to
be an undescribed species of alcyonium. I put it
immediately into a bucket of sea-water, expecting every
moment, that the polypes, which I thought to lodge in
those little stars, would extend and shew themselves
like those of the alcyonium, X° - of //'///'.s Synopsis',
commonly called dead-man's hand ; but after more

FIG. 119. — Face vievr of a system of Botrijllus Schlosseri. Magnified.
(After Ellis, loc. cit., pi. xiv, f. C.)

than half an hour's fix'd attention, the vessel lying
very quiet all the time, I did not perceive the least
appearance of any polypes : upon which I brought them
to shore in the sea-water, and then, by means of my
microscope, I discovered every one of those stars to
be a true animal, and much more beautiful than any
polype, but quite of a different structure ; which I shall
now describe to you.

" Every one of those stars is composed of many thin
hollow radii, of a pear-shape form, from five to twelve
or more in number, all united intimately at their
smaller end : every radius appears broad at the extreme
part from the center, and a little convex in the middle
of this raised broad part. When the animal is alive,
there appears a circular little hole, which contracts

BRITISH TUNICATA.

and opens itself frequently. All the radii are of this
structure ; hut their common center, which is formed
by a combination of all the small converging ex-
tremities, exhibits an opening of a circular, oval, or

FIG. 120. — Botryllus Schlosseri incrusting Fucus serratus. Natural
size. (After Gaertner, loc. dt., pi. iv, f. 1.) a, variety with lanceo-
late rays ; b, with ovate-lanceolate rays ; c, with linear rays.

oblong figure, forming a kind of rising rim like a cup,
which, when the animal is alive and at rest, contracts
and expands itself to many different degrees, with
great alertness and velocity, though sometimes it

BOTRYLLUS SCHLOSSELtl. 61

remains a great while expanded, or contracted. In all
these holes, the central large one, as well as the
smaller ones (which last I take to be the mouths of the
animal) I could not perceive any tentacula, or claws,
on the outside ; but by looking into them very narrowly,
I saw something like very tender little fibres moving
at the bottom of their insides.

" By comparing and examining all the various
pieces I had collected of this fleshy substance, with
its shining stars, I observed, that the size and colour,
as well as the very figure of these stars, varied greatly,
but the structure of the leaf-like radii, and that of
their mouths, and their motions, were perfectly the
same, in every one individual.

a

FIG. 121. — Systems of Botnjllus Schlosseri. Magnified. (After
Gaertner, loc. fit. pi. iv, ff. 2 — 5.) o, b, and c represent the varieties
so lettered in fig. 120 ; «' has the excretory common channel " ex-
panded as a cone."

" Manv of these bodies I have found so thick and

t/

large as to resemble the great branch'd Madrepora
coral, especially as they are generally to be met with
covering and inclosing the stem and branches of this
stiff, ramose fucus."

Ellis, after describing the figures representing this
organism (figs. 118 and 119) and stating that he has
called it alcyonium cunioxitm. asteriscis, radiis obfusis,
or n nt a in, adds : " I have had an opportunity lately of
examining this curious, fleshy, coral-like substance in
the microscope, and find, that all the interstices
between the stars are filled with eggs of different
sizes, each adhering by one end to a very fine capil-
lary filament. The smallest eggs are globular, and as
they advance in size, change to an oval figure; from

02 WUT1SH TUNICATA.

thence they assume the shape of one of the radii of the

stars.

" In several of these stars I have observed a smaller
radius, as it were, endeavouring to 'get into the circle ;
and notwithstanding their seeming connection in the
center as one animal, I believe I shall soon be able to
shew you, in a drawing from the microscope, that
each radius is a distinct animal by itself."

Borlase's account of this discovery is as follows :
" The alcyonium is of a middle nature between the
herbaceous and horny submarines; its substance
fleshy, and sometimes hard even to cartilaginous;
shapeless at times ; sometimes tubular ; generally in-
habited by animalcules. Dr. Schlosser . . . dis-
covered one of a curious make dredged up in Falmouth
Harbour, September 18, 1755. The alcyonium was
brown and thin, and was the <j round in which the
animals had placed themselves in ranks, each in a rose-
like shape, making a kind of border round the stem of
an old large fucus. [See fig. 125f/, p. 67.] The natural
size of the~flowers . . . may be seen (fig. i) ; one is mag-
nified (fig. n) ; each rose had from five to twelve, but
more generally eight leaves, each leaf an aperture in it
(a fig. n) which is supposed to be a mouth; in the
center there is an opening larger than the rest, within
which, when the inclosed animal was alive, something
like fibres were perceived to move; whether this
creature extends those fibres to lay hold of the food
which the waves throw in its way, must be referred
to further enquiry."

Dr. Borlase states in a foot-note that the specimen
was shown to him the day after it was dredged, and
was " supposed to be a non-descript."]

2. Botryllus rubens Alder & Hancock.
(Plate LXI, figs. 3-7 ; and fig. 122 in text.)

(?) Botryllus DALYELL Rare and Rein. Anim. Scotl. II
[1848], p. 167, pi. xli, f. 1.

BOTRYLLUS RUBENS. 63

x ri<l>riiN ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans. Tvncside Nat.
Field Club, I [1848], p. 204; [COCKS in Rep. It. Cornw.
1'olyt, Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74] .
\ButnjUnK nilirnui AXSTKD «fk LATHAM Channel Isl. (1802),
p. 219.]

Colony (PI. LXI, figs. 5 and <>) incrusting, thin,
transparent, yellowish-brown, with numerous opaque
yellow grannies. Ltiliciiliutlx (PI. LXI, fig. 7) varie-
gated with red and yellow, and of various shades from
reddish yellow to dark brick-red : a circle of dark red
usually surrounding the branchial aperture, with a

FIG. 122. — Botnjllus miens. Systems of from four to seven indi-

viduals. Enlarged.

second at a little distance from it, and an interrupted
streak down the centre of the thorax ; the remainder
of the body pale red or yellowish, thickly sprinkled
with minute yellowish white spots. The systems
(fig. 122) circular and a little apart, consisting of from
four to fourteen each : common [excretory] orifice
rather small.

Diameter of the mass about an inch and a half to
two inches (38-50 mm.).

Hal. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks.

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Northumb., frequent (Alder

64 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Ham'ock). [Selley's beach, Falmouth, Cornwall

(Cocks).]

First record. — Alder & Hancock, 1848.

This species is distinguished from the last by the
thinness of the general envelope, and by the smaller
size and variegated reddish colour of the individuals.

A variety (PL LXI, figs, 3 and 4) is marbled with
red and has a yellow central line.

3. Botryllus virescens Alder & Hancock.
(Plate LXI, figs. 8-11 ; and figs. 123 and 124 in text.)

Botrylhis riiTNci'iix ALUKI; A: HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside Nat.
Field Club, I [1848], p. 205; FORBES & HANLEY Brit.
Moll. II [1849], p. 370; [COCKS in Rep. R, Cornw. Polyt,
Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74].

Colony (PI. LXI, figs. 8 and D) incrusting, semi-
transparent, olive-brown in colour, sprinkled with

FIG. 123. — Botryllus virescens. Systems of from seven to eleven
individuals. Enlarged.

yellow granules. Individuals grass-green, varying to
greenish-yellow and occasionally to pale grey ; the
colour generally confined to the lower and middle
portions of the animal, the upper part being so nearly
the colour of the enveloping mass (PL LXI, fig. 10) as
to be with difficulty distinguished from it. Branchial
aperture large with a faint red margin. Tentacular

BOTRYLLUS VIRESCENS. G5

filaments pale yellow. The individuals arranged in
circular or oval systems (figs. 123 and 124) of from
six to twelve around a largish common aperture
margined with red.

Diameter of the mass from one to two inches
(25-50 mm.).

Hob. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks. [On stones and on stems of Laminaria digitato,
etc. (Codes). ~]

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, JSTorthumb. (Alder fy Han-
cock). [Falmouth, Cornwall (Gocks)J\
First record. — Alder & Hancock, 1848.

FIG. 124. — A variety of Botryllus virescens. Systems of from seven
to ten individuals. Enlarged.

When magnified the colour of the colony in this
species is shewn to be formed by a copious sprinkling
of opaque spots, of varying intensity on the lower part
and sometimes extending around the disc.

[A very pretty variety, with a red thorax and a
larger excretory orifice to the systems than in the
type, is figured (PL LXI, fig. 11, and fig. 124 in text.)]

4. Botryllus smaragdus Milne Edwards.
[? Botryllus Borlasii Fleming.]

(Plate LXII, fig. 1; PL LXVI, fig. 1; and fig. 1256

in text.)

[t Alcyoni-um BOELASE Nat. Hist. Cornwall (1758), p. 254,

pi. xxv, ft', in and iv.]
111. 5

66

BRITISH TUNICATA.

[? Botryllus Borlasti FLEMING in Edinb. Encyd. XIV,
(1820), p. 631; Philos. Zool. (1822) II, p. '.515; and
Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 214.]

Botryllus smaragdus MILNE EDWARDS O.bs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 91, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst, France, XVIII
(1842), p. 307, pi. vi, f. 6, and pi. vii, f. 4; (?) THOMPSON
in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) I (1848), p. 64;] FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 22; [CocKS in Eep. R. Cormv.
Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74;] THOMPSON [in Rep.
Brit, Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 293, and] Nat. Hist.
Ireland, IV [1856] , p. 363 ; [NoEMAN in Zoologist, XVIII
(1860), p. 7247; BRONN Thier-Reichs, III (1861), pi. xiv,
ff. 16, 17 ; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), ]». 219 ;
GRUBE in Abh. scliles. Ges. vaterl. Cultnr, 1868-69
(1869), pp. Ill, 112, 125].

Colon ij (PL LXII, fig. 1) incrusting, olive-green with
dark green granules. Individuals arranged in circles
of from six to twelve (PI. LVI, fig. 1), large, emerald-
green in colour, more or less intense, Avith a large
yellowish-green or golden-coloured pyriform area on
the thorax, frequently extending around the branchial
aperture : this area being marked with a longitudinal
green line, and others radiating from it, in the point
of junction of which is a vermilion or orange spot.
Braiu'lilal aperture large.

Hab. — On stones and fuel within tide-marks.

ENGLAND. — Not infrequently on the Cornish coast in
1847 (Alder}. [Selley's beach, Falmouth, Cornwall
(Codes}. ? Careg-Killas, Mount's Bay, Cornwall
(Borlase}J\

IEELAND. — [Hollywood,] Belfast Bay, Antrim; a
specimen obtained by Dr. Drummond, 1846 (Thomp-
son).

First record. — Forbes & Hanley, 1848; coll. Alder.

This differs from the last species in the larger size
of the individuals, and in their more brilliant [and
decidedly green] colour, as well as in the distinct
thoracic markings. British specimens require further
examination.

[There can be but little doubt that this is the species

BOTRYLLUS SMARAGDUS.

07

found by Dr. Borlase in Mount's Bay, Cornwall, and
described and figured by him in 1758. Usually quoted
as equivalent to the species which he figured with it
(Botryllus SV//./(>,s\svr/), so early as 1820 Fleming recog-
nized it as distinct and named it LMnjlliis Borlasii.
The authors of the present monograph placed it under
P>. bivittatus, a species from which it differs entirely in
colour.

Borlase, after describing Botryllus NrA/nx.xrn, says:
" Somewhat different from this, though of the same
tribe, was an alcyonium which I found on a ledge

III

D

! '. '/

FIG. 125. — Borlase's two species of BotryllHs referred by him to
Alcyonium. Natural size and magnified, a, B. Schlosseii. b, ? B.
smaragdus. (After Borlase, loc. cit.)

called Careg-killas, in Mount's Bay, where, as I was
tumbling over the moveable rocks, I found one coated
with a transparent, callous substance, spread on some
rocks about six inches, in one near two feet square at
a medium : the coating was about one sixth of an inch
thick ; the ground was dark green ; the flowers con-
sisted of ten obtuse petals, which were of a vivid
yellow green ; each petal was in two places pierced of
the field (as the heralds term it) ; that is, had two
specks in each (in this differing from the foregoing)
which transmitted the colour of tliejield; the flowers
and ground together make so pretty a piece of tapestry,
that one might be surprised to find such colouring and

68 BRITISH TUNICA TA.

workmanship hid, as it were industriously, under a
rock ; but the works of Nature are every where well
finished, and cannot be otherwise than exact and
beautiful in their degree. Part of this coating, with
its roses in their natural state, may be seen (fig. in),
magnified (fig. iv)."

If this description be compared with the figures on
PI. LXVI of Botryllus smaragdus (fig. 1) and B.
bivittatus (fig. 4), it will be seen how closely it agrees
with the former and greatly differs from the latter,
the identity of the species with 7?. smaragdus being
also borne out by Borlase's figures.]

5. Botryllus gemmeus Savigny.
(Plate LXII, fig. 2, and PI. LXVI, fig. 2.)

Botryllus gemmeus SAVIGNY Mem. Aniin. sans Vert. pt. 2
[1816], p. 203 ; [FLEMING Philos. Zool. (1822), II, p. 515;
DELLE CHIA.IE Mem. Anim. senza Vert. Ill (1828), p. 95;
FLEMING Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 214;] LAMARCK Hist.
nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, III [1840], p. 507; [DELLE
CHIAJE Descriz. Anim. Invert. Ill (1841), p. 18;]; MILNE
EDWARDS Ohs. Ascidies comp. [1841], p. 89, [in Mem.
Acad. Sci. InsL France, XVIII (1842), p. 305,] pi. vi,
f. 5; [THOMPSON in Rep. Brit, Assoc. for 1843 (1844),
p. 264, and in Ann. Nat. Hist, (1) XIII (1844), p. 435;
DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anim., Moll. (dr. 1845),
pi. cxxviii, f. 1; COCKS in Rep. R.'Cornw. Polyt. Soc.
for 1849 (1850), p. 74;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist, Ireland,
IV [1856], p. 362; [NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (1860),
p. 7247].

Colony (PI. LXII, fig. 2) forming a thin gelatinous
[sub-orbicular] crust, greyish or brownish with the
marginal tubes yellow. Individuals rather small,
yellow or golden-coloured in the middle, with six
lines radiating from a centre ; the upper and lower
portions pale violet-coloured ; set in distinct circular
systems of from five to twelve [or more] (PI. LXVI,
fig. 2). Both apertures bordered with white or
yellow.

BOTRYLLUS GEMMBUS. 69

Diameter of general mass about an inch (25 mm.).
Length of individuals one third of a line (0*7 mm.).

Hob. — On stones at low water-mark and adhering
to Fuci. [Attached to steins and fronds of Fucus
serratus, etc. (Cocks}.]

ENGLAND. — [Selley's, Oliver's, and Glasson's beaches,
Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).] Ballaugh, Isle of Man,
on stones (Forbes).

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim, on Fuci, dredged
by Edmund Getty, [and Clew Bay, Mayo] (Thomp-
son) .

First record. — [Thompson, 1843.]

6. Botryllus violaceus Milne Edwards.
(Plate LXII, figs. 3-5.)

f! riolacens MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies coinp.
[1841], p. 89, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. List. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 305,] pi. vi, ff. 4, 4 a, and pi. vii, ff. 3-3 6;
[DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anirn., Moll. (dr. 1845), pi.
xxviii, f. 2 ; LOWIG & KOLLIKER in Ann. Sci. Nat. (3),
Zool. V (1846), p. 217, pi. vi, f. 28; and in Arch. Sci.
Nat. Ill (1846), pp. 210, 297 ;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit.
Moll. I [1848], p. 22; [THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(2) I (1848), p. 64; COCKS in Eep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc.
f«.r 184'.» (1850), p. 74; RUPERT JONES in Todd's Cyclop.
Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850), p. 1191, f. 771, and p. 1196, f.
7746; EYTON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) X (1852), p. 436;]
THOMPSON [in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 293,
and] Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV [1856], p. 363 ; [WOODWARD
Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856), p. 341, pi. xxiv, f. 8; OWEN Moll.
in Eucycl.Brit. ed. 8, XV (1858), p. 332 ; BRONN Thier-
Reichs", III (1861), pp. 115, 187, pi. xiv, f. 18; ANSTED
& LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219].

Colony (PL LXII, figs. 3 and 5) a thickish, semi-
transparent, olive-coloured crust, with white or blue
imbedded gemmae. Individuals forming circular or
elliptical systems of from five to twelve or more
(PL LXII, fig. 4), of a deep indigo-blue colour,
sometimes bordering upon violet, rather paler around

70 mUTISH TUN 1C' ATA.

the branchial aperture ; the thorax from near that
aperture downwards marked with a double line of
opaque white, broadest above and -ending on the
margin of the tubular common orifice ; these lines
sometimes yellowish and occasionally broader and
confined more exclusively to the base.

Diameter of the mass from two to three inches (50-
76 mm.). Lrtujth, of individuals three-quarters of a
line (1*2 mm.).

Hal). — On the stems of Fuci, more rarely on stones,
at and beyond low water-mark. [On stones, Ftd-ns
serratiiK, etc. (Codes).]

ENGLAND. — Devonshire and Cornwall, not uncommon
(Alder). [Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).']

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim (Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Guernsey (Alder).

First record. — Forbes & Hanley, 1848; [coll. Alder].

7. Botryllus badius *p. nov.
(Plate LII, tigs. 6-9.)

Colony (PI. LXII, fig. 6) a thickish, semi-trans-
parent crust, enveloping seaweeds ; fawn-coloured,
with numerous white gemmae and marginal tubes.

O O

Individuals (PI. LXII, figs. 8 and 9) of a deep brown
colour variegated with darker shades of the same,
arranged in circular or elliptical systems of from six
to eighteen or twenty around a wide central orifice
(PL LXII, fig. 7). Branchial aperture with a white
rim and a white spot or streak below it ; atrial aper-
ture conspicuously bordered with white, and with
a faint interrupted white line on the upper part of
the body.

Diameter of the mass an inch to an inch and a half
(25-o8 mm.). Length of individuals half a line
(1 mm.).

Halt. — Incrusting a small Fucus.

ENGLAND. — Isle of Man, dredged (Alder).

NOTKYLLUS BADIUS. 71

Firxt record. — Alder & Hancock.

The Botnfllu.* figured in Sir J. G. Dalyell's ' Rare
and Remarkable Animals of Scotland ' (vol. ii, pi. xli,
fig.02) may belong to this species, but the details are
too imperfect for recognition.

8. Botryllus polycyclus Savigny.
(Plate LXIII, figs. 1 and 2, and figs.126-128 in text.)

Botryllus stellatus DESMAKEST & LESUEUR [in Journ. cle
Phys. LXXX (1815), p. 434, pi. i, ff. 14-20;] in Nouv.
Bull. Soc. Philoin. VI (1815), p. 74, pi. i, [ff. 14-20; and
in Isis, 1817, col. 1401, pi. ii, ff. 14-20; FLEMING in
Eclinb. Encycl. XIV (1820), p. 631, and Philos. Zool.

II (1822), p. 515 ; BLAINVILLE Man. Malac. et Conch.
(1825), p. 586, and (1827), pi. Ixxxii, ff. 5, 5a; Mc-
MUETBIE (Engl. transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd., Atlas,

III (1837), pi. xliii ter, f. 4. Non Botryllus stellatus
GAERTNER in Pallas' Spicil. Zool. (1774)].

Botryllus polycyclus SAYIGNY Mem. Anim. sans Vert. pt. 2
[1816], pp. 47, 202, pi. iv, f. 5, and pi. xxi; [LAMOUKOUX
Exp. metli. Polyp. (1821), p. 76, pi. Ixxvii, f. 10; HOEVEN
Handb. Dierk. II (1830), p. 30; GRIFFITH & PIDGEON
(Engl. transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd. XII (1834), pi. x,
f. I ; GUERIM-MENNEVILLE Icon. Regne Anim. Cnvier, II,
Moll. (dr. 1836), pi. xxxv, ff. 1, 1 «, 1 1 • FLEMING Mollusc.
Anim. (1837), p. 214, pi. xviii, f. 60; McMuRTRiE (Engl.
transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd., Atlas, III (1837), pi.
xliii, ff. 1, la, lb; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1)
V (1840), p. 95, and in Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1843 (1844),
}). 264; LOWIG & KOLLIKKR in Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), Zool. V
(1846), p. 210, pi. vi, f. 29, and pi. vii, f. 46, and in
Arch. Sci. Nat. Ill (1846), p. 297 ;] FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 21 (-non fig. PI. A, f. 7) *; ALDEB
A: HANCOCK (?) in Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, I
[1848], p. 205; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc.
for 1849 (1850), p. 74; EYTON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) X
(1852), p. 436; GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II (1856),
p. 34, f. 49; HOKVBX Handb. Zool. (Engl. transl.), I

* PI. A, fig. 7, of 'Brit. Moll.,' called B. polycyclus in the description of
the plate, represents B. Schlosseri. [It was so intended by the authors (see
Vol. i, p. 19, of their work), biit it is a poor drawing and more like polycyclus
than Nclilosst'i-i.

72 BRITISH TUNICATA.

(1856), p. 703; McANDREW & BARKETT in Ann. Nat. Hist.
(2) XVII (1856), p. 385;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland,
IV [1856], p. 362; [DICKIE in Eep. Brit. Assoc. for
1857 (1858), p. Ill; H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Recent
Moll. II (1858), p. 597, pi. cxxxiv, ff. 1, lo; FORBES &
GODWIN-AUSTEN Nat. Hist. Euro]). Seas (1859), p. 158;
MERKIFTELD Nat. Hist. Brighton (I860), p. 81; NORMAN
in Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p. 7247; BRONN Thier-Reichs,
III (1861), pp. 114, 115, 117, 164, pi. xii, if. 13-15].

Colon)/ (fig. 120) inc rusting, thin, transparent, pale
brownish-grey, with the marginal tubes purplish in
colour. Individuals (fig. 1 28) forming circular or oval

FIG. 126. — Botryllus polycychis. Xat.ural size. (Savigny, pi. iv, f. 5.)

systems of from four to twelve each [8 to 20, Forbes
and Hanley] (PL LXIII, fig. 2, and fig. 127 in text),
of a brownish or purplish hue, occasioned by spots or
blotches of claret-colour and blue on a brownish
ground ; usually one or two blotches of opaque white
in the centre of the thorax upon a dark-blue ground,
and a circle of white spots around the disc. General
excretory orifice* rather small, the edges thickly
sprinkled with white and blue.

Diameter of general mass one to two inches (25—
50 mm.). Length of individuals [about a line (2 mm.)].

Hob. — On the underside of stones and on Fuci
between tide-marks, and in the Laminar ian zone.
[Chiefly on the fronds of Laminaria digitata (Thomp-

BOTRYLLUS I'O LYO YC L I • S .

73

a

mJi^:W

FIG. 127. - Systems of individuals of Botryllus polycyclus. Much
enlarged. (Savigny, pi. xxi, ff. I1 and I2.) a. A. system in a state
of contraction, seen from above. 6. A system in a state of dilata-
tion, seen from the side. B, branchial aperture ; C, atrial aperture ;
N, common excretory cavity ; k, tentacular filaments ; (3, y, c, 8,
sj'stems commencing to develope.

FIG. 128. — Individual of Botryllus polycyclus. Much enlarged.
(Savigny, pi. xxi, ff. l:t and I4.) «. Eight side. b. Left side. B,
branchial aperture ; C, atrial aperture ; c, stomach ; c, CEeciim of
the stomach ; D, nerve-ganglion ; d, intestine ; F, branchial sac ;
g, intestinal loop; H, anal aperture; h, anterior (branchial)
tubercle ; K, ovary ; k, posterior tubercle ; 1, dorsal lamina ; t, " egg
or germ" out of the ovary and approaching maturity; Y, ceso-
phagus.

74 BRITISH TUNICATA.

son}. Attached to stems and fronds of Fncux serratus,
etc. (Cocks). ~\

Very generally distributed around our shores
(Forbes).

ENGLAND. — Oullercoats and Whitley, Nortliumb.
(Alder $• Hancock). [Brighton, Sussex (Merrifield).
Selly's, Oliver's, and Glasson's beaches, Falmouth,
Cornwall (Cocks). ~\

SCOTLAND. — Peterhead, Aberdeen; and A\rick, Caith-
ness (Peach).

IRELAND. — North coast, chiefly on Lamina ria digi-
tata, more common than 1>. Schlosseri ; [Belfast
Lough, Antrim; Strangford Lough, Down] (Thomp-
son).

First record.— -Thompson, 1840.

9. Botryllus castaneus Alder & Hancock.
(Plate LXIII, figs. 3 and 4.)

Botryllus castaneus ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside
Nat. Field Club, I [1848], p. 205; FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. II [1849], p. 371 ; [CocKS in Rep. R. Cormv.
Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74].

Colony (PI. LXIII, fig. 3) a thin, pellucid, nearly
colourless crust, with scattered brown granules and
blackish marginal tubes. Individuals large, arranged
in irregular systems of from six to ten (PL LXIII,
fig. 4), of a chestnut colour irregularly blotched with
purplish brown and minutely sprinkled with opaque
white. Branchial apertures small; their lobes rather
distant and surrounded with a few large opaque
yellowish- white globular bodies.

Diameter of mass four or five inches (100-1 27 mm.).

Halt. — On the underside of stones in pools between
tide-marks.

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Nor thumb., rare (Hancock).
[Selley's beach, Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).']

First record. — Alder & Hancock, 1848; coll. Han-
cock.

lU'TKYI.LUS CALYCULATUS. 75

10. Botryllus calyculatus up. nov.
(Plate LXIII, fig. 5.)

( 'o/oitt/ gelatinous, transparent, lead-coloured, nearly
globular. ImUciJiudx pale, spotted with lead-colour;
arranged in circles of six to eight around a prominent,
thin, cup-shaped common oriiice, with a smooth rim,
a little angulated on each side (PL LXIII, tig. 5).
BrtiHt-liiul np/'iinre with a raised rim; four triangular
plates visible inside with intermediate tentacular
filaments.

Diainrfn- of mass about a quarter of an inch (6 mm.).

Hab. — On a Cellularia attached to an anchor
(Peach).

SCOTLAND. — South Bay, Peterheacl (Peach),
thirst record. — Alder & Hancock; coll. Peach.

The above description is taken from Mr. Peach's
notes and sketches of a very curious Botri/Uus got by
him at Peterhead. The much-raised cup-formed
cloacal aperture is very peculiar. Mr. Peach describes
it as having a filmy appearance and waving to and fro
when the water was agitated. The triangular ten-
tacular plates are also different from anything hitherto
observed in a Botnjllns. The only specimen found
appears to have been in a young state.

11. Botryllus bivittatus Milne Edwards.
(Plate LXIII, fig. 6, and PL LXVI, fig. 4.)

Botryllus bivittatus MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 92, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. lust. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 308, pi. vi, ft'. 1, 7 a; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat.
Hist. (1) XIII (1844), p. 434, and in Rep. Brit. Assoc.
for 1843 (1844), p. 2(34; COCKS in Rep. Pt. Cornw. Polyt.
8oc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74;] THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland,
IV [1856], p. 362; [MERRIFIELD Nat. Hist. Brighton
(1860), p. 81; NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p.
7247 ; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219].

7b BRITISH TLIN1CATA.

Colon// incrusting, greyish-drab or white-coloured.
Individual* of a little darker shade of the same colour,
with two linear yello\v bauds running from the
branchial to the cloaca! aperture, and continued
around each ; arranged in rather distant star-like
systems of from five to eight, but most frequently
six in each circle (PI. LXIIT, fig. 6). Branchial
<ij ii-rt a rr* rather small.

Hal. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks, and adhering to Fuci.

ENGLAND. — [Brighton, Sussex (Merrifield) .~\ Tor-
quay, Devon (Alder}. Falmouth, Cornwall (Alder
[and.Ooc&s]).

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim, dredged adhering
to Fuci, by Edmund Getty; [Clew Bay, Mayo]
(Thompson}.

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — [Guernsey (Ansted $' Latham'). ]

Fii'xt record.— -Thompson, 1844; coll. Getty.

12. Botryllus miniatus sp. nov.

(Plate LXIII, fig. 7; and fig. 129 in text.)

Colo n i/ brownish-drab in colour. Individuals bright
orange-vermilion, with two closely-approximating,
deep-yellow, longitudinal lines, not continued around
the branchial apertures ; si/ steins rather closely set,
consisting of from eight to twelve individuals arranged
circularly (PI. LXIII, fig. 7, and fig. 129 in text).

Hob. — On the underside of a stone between tide-
marks (Alder).

ENGLAND. — Falmouth, Cornwall (Alder, 1847).
First rcrnrJ. — Alder & Hancock; coll. Alder.

This resembles the last species, of which it may
possibly be a variety, but differing in the bright
vermilion colour of the individuals, the greater number

of them in each svstem, the closer arrangement of the

" •

systems, and in the more compact yellow lines of the

BOTIIYLLUS M1NIATUS. 77

thorax, which do not extend around the branchial
aperture. [It seems to be a good species.]

FIG. 129. — Botryllus miniatus. Systems, enlarged.

Genus 23. BOTRYLLOIDES Milne Edwards, 1841.

Botrylloides MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp. [1841],
p. 85, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, XVIII (1842),
p. 301 ;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 23;
WOODWARD Man. Moll. [pt. 3 (185(5)], p. 341 • H. & A.
ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. II [1858], p. 598.

Colony sessile, incrusting, gelatinous. Individuals
ovate, a little elongated, nearly erect, arranged in
undulating or branching lines ; the animals set in single
series on each side, forming systems with ill-defined
limits, each having an elongated or branched cloacal
cavity. Branchial overture nearly terminal, with an
entire rim; at rial aperture not far distant, communi-
cating with the cloacal cavity. Tentacular filaments
usually eight.

1. Botrylloides Leachii (Savigny) Milne Edwards.
(Plate LXIV, figs. 1-3; and fig. 130 in text.)

Botryllns Leachii SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. saris Vert. pt. 2
[1816], p. 199, pi. iv, f. 6, and pi. xx, f. 4; [FLEMING in

78 BRITISH TUX1CATA.

Edinb. Encycl. XIV, pt, 2 (1820), p. 631 ; LAMODROUX
Exp. nietli. Polyp. (1821), p. 76, pi. Ixxvii, f. 9; FLEMING
Philos. Zool. (1822), II, p. 515 ; DELLE CHIAJE Mem. Anim.
senza Vert. Ill (1828), pp. 85, !>4, pi. xxxvi, ff. 14-
16; FLEMING Moll. Anim. (1837), p. 214; LAMARCK Hist,
nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, III (1840), p. 507;] THOMPSON
in Ann. Nat, Hist, (1) V [1840], p. 95; [DELLE CHIAJE
Desoriz. Anim. Invert. Ill (1841), p. 18, pi. Ixxxv, if.
14-16; THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1843 (1844),
p. 264; COCKS in Rep. R. Cormv. Polyt. Soc, for 1849
(1850), p. 74; THOMPSON Nat, Hist, Ireland, IV (1856),
p. 362 ; NORMAN in Zoologist, XV (1857), p. 5707 ; GRUBE
Ausfl. nach Triest (1861), p. 122].

Botrylloides Leach I i MILNK EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 89, [in Mem. Acn.l. Sci. lust. France, XVI FI
(1842), p. 304;] FORBES & HANLEY Brit. Moll. I [1848],
p. 23 ; ALDER & HANCOCK (?) in Trans. Tyneside Nat.
Field Club, I [1848], p. 206.

Colony (PI. LXIV, figs. 1 and 2, and fig. 130 in text)
incrusting, moderately thick, gelatinous, transparent,

FIG. 130. — Botrylloides Leachii. Natural size. (Savigny, pi. iv, f. 6.)

of a pale brownish [or purplish] tint, with the im-
bedded gemmae and marginal tubes yellow. Individuals
ochreous yellowr, varying through different shades of
the same colour to orange and red, but generally
uniform in tint and without markings except a faint
paler circle around the disc ; arranged in linear series
on each side of the common cloacal cauals, forming
[numerous] systems with ill-defined limits, the rows
being continuous in ramifying or anastomosing lines,
leaving lozenge-shaped, circular, or oblong spaces
between ; the excretory orifices usually near the junc-
tion of the branches. Tentacular filaments yellow.

KOTBYLLOIDES LEACHII. 79

Diameter of mass from one to tliree inches (25-70
mm.) or upwards. [Length of individuals one-fourth,
of a line (0'5 mm ).]

Hal). — On the underside of stones and amongst
rocks between tide-marks, and occasionally investing
the roots of Laminaria digitata, etc.

ENGLAND. — Cullereoats and Whitley, Northumb.
(Alder}. [Falmouth, Cornwall (Codes) J\ Douglas,
Isle of Man (Aider).

SCOTLAND. — [Firth of Clyde (Norman).'] Orkney
Islands (Heddle).

IRELAND. — North-east coast (Thompson).

First record.- -Thompson, 1840.

[Savigny says that the systems are very numerous,
much crowded, usually composed of six to twelve
individuals, and sometimes of twenty-five to thirty ;
and that the branchial aperture is white, encircled by
a fawn-coloured collar ringed with white. He named
the species after Dr. "William Leach by whom he says
it was communicated to him. It was removed by
Milne Edwards from Botri/llus to his new genus
Botrylloides, together with Botri/llus rosaceus (fig. 114,
p. 52).

A single individual of a variety of the colour of B.
rubrmn is figured (PI. LXIV, fig. 3).]

2. Botrylloides rubrum Milne Edwards.
(Plate LXIV, fig. 4, and PI. LXVI, fig. 5.)

Botrylloides rubrum MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[1841], p. 87, [in Mem. Acacl. Sci. List. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 303,] pi. vi, f. 3, and pi. vii, f. 2; FORBES &
HANLEY Brit, Moll. I [1848], p. 24; [COCKS in Rep. E.
Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 75;] THOMPSON
[in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 293, and] Nat.
Hist. Ireland, IV [1856], p. 363; [ANSTED & LATHAM
Channel Isl. (1862), p. 219] . *«*"j

[Botrylloides rubra GOSSE Man. Marine Zool. II (1856),
pp. 34, 50.]

80 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Colony (PI. LXIV, fig. 4) pale reddish-brown in
colour, with red marginal tubes. Individuals bright
opaque-red, approaching to orange around the bran-
chial aperture and cloacal line ; set in shortish
compact systems a little sinuatecl. Tentacular fila-
ments orange.

Diameter of mass about an inch.

Hal). — On stones and Fuci between tide-marks. [On
the under surface of stones and on stems of the young
Fucus serratus (CorJis).~\

ENGLAND. — Falmouth, Cornwall (Alder [and Cocks']).
Fowey, Cornwall (Peaclt}.

IRELAND. — Belfast Bay, Antrim (Tliompson).
CHANNEL ISLANDS. — [Guernsey (Ansted fy Latham). ,]
First record. — Forbes & Hanley, 1848; [coll. Alder].

[Milne Edwards says 'that Botrylloides rubrum is
remarkable for its brilliant colour, and may be dis-
tinguished from B. rotifer (p. 83) by the tunic of the
individuals (petites Ascidies) being opaque and of
a very intense red-lead colour; also by the confines
of the various systems united into one mass being
much more distinct, by the clear demarcation between
the individuals in the same system and the much-raised
nipple-like form of the anterior extremity of their
body, and by the fairly well-developed tentacular
filaments.]

3. Botrylloides albicans Milne Edwards.
(Plate LXIV, figs. 5-7.)

Botrylloides albicans MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
[f841], p. 88, [in Mem. Acad. Sci. lust. France,
XVIII (1842), p. 304,] pi. vi, f. 2; FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. I [1848], p. 24, pi. A, f . 8 ; [ALDER & HAN-
COCK in Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, I (1848), p.
207 ; COCKS in Rep. R. Coriiw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850),
p. 74; EYTON in Ann. Nat, Hist. (2) X (1852), p. 436;
THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 293;
MCANDREW & BARRETT in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) XVII (1856),
p. 385;] THOMPSON Nat, Hist, Ireland, IV [1856], p. 363;

liOTRYLLOIDES ALBICANS. 81

in Abh. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 1868-69
(1869), p. 125; ANSTED & LATHAM Channel Isl. (1862),
p. 219].

[Botryllus albicant* DESHAYES in Cuvier's Regne Anim.,
Moll. (dr. 1845), pi. xxviii, f. 3; THOMPSON in Ann. Nat.
Hist. (1) XVIII (1846), p. 385.]

Colony (PL LXIV, figs. 5 and 7) mcrusting, trans-
parent, white with a slight tinge of purple or flesh-
colour ; marginal tubes white. Individuals moderately
large, transparent white Avith an opaque white circle
around the branchial aperture, and the under part of
the thorax also opaque white ; arranged in more or
less elongated series, sometimes assuming a subcircular
form approaching to that of Botryllus (PL LXIV,
fig. 6).

Diameter of general mass rather small, seldom
exceeding half an inch (12 mm.).

Halt. — On stones and Fuci. [On the underside of
stones between tide-marks, and on Fucus vesiculosus,
etc., in rock-pools (Thompson). On the under surface of
stones and on stems of the yoimg Fucus serratus (Cocks). ^

ENGLAND. — Bamborough, Northumb. (Alder). St.
Mary's Island, Northumb. (Hancock). [Falmouth,
Cornwall (Cocks). ~\

IRENAND. — Springvale, Down (Thompson).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — [Guernsey (Ansted fy Latham) .]

First record. — [Thompson, 1846.]

4. Botrylloides vinosa sp. noc.

Colony incrusting and rather sinuous in outline,
thin, transparent, of a pale purplish tinge with white
marginal tubes. Individuals purplish-brown or claret-
coloured, sprinkled with a darker shade of the same
colour, and with a bifid white spot behind the bran-
chial aperture ; arranged in short systems with single
or double rows on each side, not much undulating and
sometimes nearly elliptical ; the undulating margin of
the common cloacal orifice edged with white.

in. 6

82 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Diameter of mass about an inch and a half (38
mm.).

Nab. — On the underside of stones within tide-
marks (Alder).

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Northumb., rare (Alder).
First record. — Alder & Hancock ; coll. Alder.

5. Botrylloides radiata Alder & Hancock.
(Plate LXIV, figs. 8-11.)

Botrylloides radiata ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside
Nat. Field Club, I [1848], p. 206; FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. II [1849], p. 371 ; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw.
Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 75].

Colony (PI. LXIV, figs. 8 and 9) transparent,
yellowish-olive or nearly colourless, with pale yellow
gemma? and marginal tubes.

Individuals (PL LXIV, fig. 10) rather small, pale
ochreous yellow or straw-coloured, spotted with white
and having a paler rim around the branchial aperture
with rays diverging from it and uniting into a disc
beyond, giving the whole a petaloid or \vheel-like
appearance ; a darkish line down the thorax ; the
systems arranged in rather short compact folds, in
some parts occasionally becoming nearly circular.
The common cloaca! orifices at short distances apart,
largish, slightly tubular, and with undulating margins.

Diameter of mass an inch (25 mm.) or upwards.

Hab. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks (Alder). [On the under surface of stones and on
stems of the young Fucus serratns (Cocks). ,]

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Whitley, and Bamborough,
Northumb. (Alder). [Grlasson's beach, Bar Point, etc.
Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks). ,] Douglas, Isle of Man
(Aider}.

First record. — Alder & Hancock, 1849 ; coll. Alder.

A transparent white variety with opaque white
markings sometimes occurs (PI. LXIV, fig. 11).

liOTRYLI.OIDE.S ROTll'KKA. 88

<). Botrylloides rotifera Milne Edwards.*
(Figs. 131 and 132.)

[Botrylloides rotifera MILNE EDWARDS Obs. Ascidies comp.
(1841), p. 85, in Mem. Acacl. fici. Inst. France, XVIII
(1842), p. 301, pi. vi, f. 1, and pi. vii, f. 1 ; COCKS in Rep. R.
Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 74; RUPERT JONES
in Cyclop. 'Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850), p. 2019, f. 783;
THOMPSON Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV (1856), p. 363; WOOD-
WARD Man. Moll. pt. 3 (1856), p. 341, pi. xxiv, f. 9.

Botn/llns rotifera THOMPSON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1) XVIII
(1846), p. 386.

Botrylloides rotifer H. & A. ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. II
(1858), pi. cxxxiv, if. 2, 2 a; BRONN Thier-Reichs, III
(1861), pi. xiv, if. 23, 24.]

[Colony (fig. 131) gelatinous, thin and spreading,
yellowish in colour; individual* with semi-transparent

FIG. 131. — Botrylloides rotifera. Natural size. (M. Edwards, pi. vi, f. 1.)

tunics, numerous and irregularly scattered, their bran-
chial apertures eight-lobed and with a double ring of
little red spots around them.

Diameter of mass about an inch (25 mm.) or less.

Jftib. — On the under surface of stones and on stems
of the young Fucus sermtus (Codes).

ENGLAND. — Falmouth, Cornwall (Cocks).
IRELAND. — Springvale, Down (Thompson).
First record- -Thompson, 1846.

Milne Edwards says that this species is composed
of irregular systems (fig. 131) with very numerous

* In the authors' MS. the name only (Botrylloides rotifera) occurs.

84 BRITISH TUNICATA.

individuals the anterior part of the body of which is
but little raised (fig. 132). The little red spots being
close together around the branchial, aperture, around
the superior margin of the branchial sac, and on the
line corresponding with the longitudinal folds of which
that sac is furnished interiorly, the two rings with
eight diverging lines between them represent fairly
well the spokes of a wheel. The line of demarcation

beween the several individuals of the same svstem is

«/

not always very distinct. The common cloacal orifice
is immediately surrounded by six to eight individuals

FIG. 132. — Botrylloides rotifera. Part of a colony enlarged. (M.
Edwards, pi. vi, f. 1 a.)

only, but lateral branches spring from it having other
individuals on each side arranged with tolerable regu-
larity, their atrial extremities being directed inwards
towards the common centre of the system. The bran-
chial aperture is large, and presents inside a circle of
tentacular filaments of which four are always well
developed, while the others, variable in number, are
always rudimentary.

It is unnecessary to give M. Edwards' description of
the branchial sac, heart, stomach, and other internal
organs, but the root-like processes which are formed
at the inferior end of the tunic are peculiar. They
proceed into a common envelope, ramify, and bear at

liOTRYLLOlDES ROTIFERA. 85

the extremities of their divisions pyriform swellings
destined to become new individuals.]

7. Botrylloides ramulosa Alder & Hancock.
(Plate LXV, fig. 1.)

Botrylloides ramulosa ALDER & HANCOCK in Trans. Tyneside
Nat. Field Club, I [1848], p. 207; FORBES & HANLEY
Brit. Moll. II [1849], p. 372 ; [COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw.

Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 75~|.

Colony pellucid, nearly colourless, with a few
yellow marginal tubes. Individuals arranged in
much-involved winding systems (PI. LXV, fig. 1) ;
their upper half obscure yellowish-brown, the lower
pale ochreous yellow or cream-coloured, forming a
pale belt down the centre of each system, following
the sinuosities.

Diameter of mass upwards of an inch (25 mm.).
Length, of individuals nearly a line (2 mm.).

Hab. — On the underside of stones within tide-
marks (Hancock). [Also attached to stems of Fucus
serratus (Goclcx)J\

ENGLAND. — Cullercoats, Northumb., rare (Hancock).
[Glasson's beach, Bar Point, etc., Falmouth, Cornwall

(Cocks)'].

First record. — Alder & Hancock, 1848 ; coll. Han-
cock.

8. Botrylloides sparsa Alder.
(Plats LXV, figs. 2-4.)

Botrylloidt'* uparsa ALDER in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI [1863],
p. 172, [and MS. sp. in Ansted & Latham's Channel Isl.
(1802), p. 219.]

Colony (PI. LXV, fig. 2) rather thick, incrusting,
semi-transparent, of a yellowish-brown colour. Indi-
viduals (PI. LXV, fig. 4) rather small, yellowish brown
thickly sprinkled with dark brown spots, with a circle
of sulphur-yellow around the branchial orifice, con-

86 BRITISH TUNICATA.

tinned into a stripe or blotch of the same colour
above; arranged in rather short ill-defined branching-
systems (PL LXV, fig. o) with the common orifice
indistinct.

Diameter of mass two inches to two inches and a
half (50-63 mm.).

Hab. — On the underside of stones between tide-
marks (Alder).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — St. Peter's Port, Guernsey
(Alder).

First record. — [Ansted & Latham, 1862 ;] coll.
Alder.

9. Botrylloides pusilla Alder.
(Plate LXV, figs. 5-7.)

Boh-i/Uoides pnsilla ALDKR in Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) XI [1863],
p. 173, [and MS. sp. in Ansted & Latham's Channel Isl.
(1862), p. 219.]

Colony (PI. LXV, fig. 5) incrusting, semi-transparent,
orange flesh-coloured, with yellow marginal tubes,
Individuals (PI. LXV, fig. 7) small, bright orange-
scarlet in colour, consisting of a minute sprinkling of
scarlet on a yellow ground ; a yellow spot behind the
branchial aperture, the atrial aperture also yellow ;
the individuals set in crowded double or treble rows,
forming ill-defined systems (PI. LXV, fig. 6). Bran-
chial sac with ten rows of stigmata.

Diameter of mass nearly two inches (50 mm.).
Length of individuals half a line (1 mm.).

Hal. — On the underside of a stone near low water-
mark (Aider).

CHANNEL ISLANDS. — Grand Havre, Guernsey (Alder).
First record. — [Ansted & Latham, 1862;] coll.
Alder.

Only one specimen was found of this beautiful and
very distinct fiotri/lloidcx, which has somewhat the
habit of a Leptoclinum.

A ^7

A. O/

ADDENDA.
linn producta (Vol. II., p 15-1.).

1:!-! FIG. l:;i.

FIG. 133. — Clavelina }/r<xl in-hi . Fin. 134. — C. lei><nli''t>nnis. Both
natural size. (M. Edwards, pi. ii, ff. 2 and 1.)

[No illustration of Glurdlnn- product <i having accom-
panied its description, the omission is here supplied,
with a figure of C. lepadiformis for comparison.]

Lirertte Sedix.

? Botryllus conglomeratus Gaertner.
(Fig. 135.)

{Botryllua conglomeratus GAERTNER in Pallas' Spicil. Zool. 10
(1774), p. 39, pi. iv, ff. 6 a-l> ; BRUGUIERE Hist. nat. Vers, I
(1789), p. 188, in Encycl. Meth. ; OLIVI Zool. Adriatica
(1792), p. 236; OKEN Lehrb. Naturgescli. Ill (1815),
p. 83; SAVIGNY Mem. Anim. sans. Vert. pt. 2 (1816),
p. 204; LAMARCK Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. Ill (1816),
p. 109, and ed. 2, III (1840), p. 507; CUVIER Eegne
Anim. (1817), II, p. 501 ; op. cit. ed. 2, III (1830), p. 168;
and ed. 3 (1836), II, p. 104; GRIFFITH & PIDGEON (Engl.
transl.) Cuvier's Anim. Kingd. XII (1834), p. 129.

Alcyonium congloineratum GMELIN Linnsei Syst. Nat. ed. 13,
I, pt. 6 (1791), p. 3618.]

[Animals arranged in many rows. Systems slightly
conical.

BRITISH TUNICATA.

The foregoing is Savigny's brief diagnosis of a species
observed by Graertner on the English coast and com-
municated to Pallas by him. Whether it is correctly
referred to Botrylln* is open to doubt, and even its
inclusion with the Tunicata has been questioned.

Graertner described the individuals as " raisins "
with toothless terminal apertures, most of them being
obovate, subimbricate, smooth, and whitish in colour,
adhering by their blunt ends to the surface of the body
(the incrusting mass), which is gelatinous, soft, convex,

FIG. 135. — Two colonies of Botryllus conglomeratus (a, a) on a frond
of Fucus nodosus, natural size, with one of them magnified.

and adheres to marine plants. The branchial apertures
(terminaliperforati) are fairly large, the other extremity
being more slender, incurved, and having very small
apertures (atrial ?), while the central cavity (common
cloacal canal) is funnel-shaped and encircled with
a whitish contractile margin.

Graertner mentions the " ovules " as being globose,
whitish, and spread over the gelatinous substance.

The species is met with but rarely, he said, on
a F ucii s, chiefly xcriritiis and nodoxus.~\

INDEX

OF SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED IN VOL. III.
Synonyms in italic*.

PAGE

Aggregate . 1

Alcyoin'itm ? Borlase . . 65

Alcyonium ? Schloss. . . 54

ascidioides Pall. . . 41

carnosum Elli« . . 54

conglomeratwm Gmel. . 87

distomum Brug. . . 41

ficas Tnrtoii . 23

'jicus Pa1!. . . 23

pulmonaria Soland. . 23

pulmonis Ellis . . 23

Schlosseri Pall. . . 54

Alpidium Jicus Flem. . . 24

Amarn'cium • papillosum Aid. . 10

Amareucium edeutuhrm ~V.

Cams . . .14

Amarcecium «lbicans Norm. . 10

pontum Aid. . .16

Amaroucium M. Edw. . . 6

albicans M. Edw. . . 9

argus M. Edu-. . . 11

an re u in Desh. . . 46

edentulum V. Gurus . 14

fallax (Jolirtst.) A. & H. . 17

Nordmanni M. Edw. . 14

papillosum Ahl. . . 10

pomum M. Suns . .16

proliferum M. Edtr. . 7

Amaniciinn albicans Grube . 10

proliferum Grnbe . . 8

Amaura>/-ium aryus Bronn . 11

Nordmanni Bronn. . 15

prolifmnii Bronn . . 8

Amawoucium Nordmanni L<»w.

andKoll. . 15

proliferum Low. & Koll. . 7

Amauriiciinn proliferumQegerib. 8

Amaercecium Gosse

proliferum Gosse .

Amoroecium Woodw.
argus Woodw.
proliferum Woodw.

PAGE
. 6

. 7
. 6
. 11

8

Amoroucium albicotts Thomps. 10

argus Anst. & Lath. . 11
Nordmanni Anst. & Lath. 15

proliferum Thomps. . 8

Amourcecium argus McAnd. &

Barr. . . 11

Amouroucium F. & H. . .6

argus F. & H. . . 11

Nordmanni F. & H. . 15

proliferum F. & H. .7

Aplidium Sav. . . .22

ftillu,v Johnst. . . 17

ficus (Pall.) Sav. . . 23

glomeratum sj). nov. . 27

melleum sp. nov. . . 26

nutans Johnst. . . 27

sublobatum Lamk. . . 23

Aplydunn Woodw. . . 22

Botryllidce . . .52

Botrylloides M. Edw. . . 77

albicans M. Edw. . . 80
Leachii (Sav.) M. Edw. 77, 78

pusilla^/d. . . . 86

radiata A. & H. . . 82

ramulosa A. & H. . . 85

>-<>t;ft>r H. i A. Adams . 83

rotifera M. Edw. . . 83

nibrii Gosse . . 79

rul.ru in M. Edw. . . 79

sparsa Aid. . . .85

viiK.sa *]>. nov. . . 81

Botryllus Guertn. . . 52

90

INDEX.

PAGE

Botiyllus albii-tms Desh. . 81

badius sp. nov. . . 70

bivittatus M. Edw. . 75

? Borlasii Flem. . 65, 66

calyculatus sp. nov. . 75

castaneus A. & H. . .74

gemmeus Sav. . 68

Lenchii Sav. . . 77

miniatus sp. nov. . . 76

polycyclus Sav. . . 71

rot if era Thomps. . . 83

rubens A. £ H. . 62. 63

rubrum Anst. & Lath. . 63

Schlosseri (Pali.) Sav. 54, 55

smaragdus M. Edw. 65, 66

stellatus Desin. & Less. . 71

stellatus Gaei'tn. . . 55

verrucosus Dalyell . . 56

violaceus M. Edw. . . 69

virescens A. & H. . .64
? Botryllus conglomerates

Gaertn. . . 87

Diazona Flem. . . 37

Dideinnidse . . .31

Didemnium Woodw. . . 32

variolas ton Grube . . 41

Didemnum Sav. . . 32

candidum Sav. . . 35

gelatinosum M. Edw. . 32

Didermum cundidum D. Ch. . 35

Distonia Saw. . . .37

r libra Risso . . 38

rubrum Saw. . . 38

variolatus Blaiiiv. . . 41

variolosum (Gaertn. ~) Sav. 40,41

variolosus Oken . . 41

vitreum M. Sars . . 43

Distomum M. Sars . . 37

varinlosus Hoeven . . 41

PAGE

Distomits Gaertn. . . 37

ascidioides Oken .. . 41

r iiber Oken . 38

variolosum Gaertn. . 40

Eucalium cnndidum Lamk. . 35

Leptoclinum M. Edw. . . 43

asperum M. Edw. . . 45

aureiun F. & H. . .46

durum M. Edw. . . 46

fulgens M. Edw. . . 47

gelatinosum M. Edw. . 48

Litteri Bronii . . 50

Listerianum M. Edw. . 50

maculosnm M. Edw. . 44

pimctatum Forb. . 49

Parascidia M. Edw. . . 18

flabellatu Aid. . 21

Flemingii Aid. . 20

Forbesii Aid. . 19

Polyclinidae . . 1

Polyeliimm Soy. . . 2

aurautium M. Edw. . 2

cerebriforme Aid. . . 5

Jicus Cuv. . . .24

suocineum Aid. . . 4

variolosum Cuv. . . 41

variolosus Desh. . . 41

Polyclinum List. . . 50

Polyzona r libra Flem. . . 38

variolosa Flem. . . 41

variolosnm Flem. . . 41

Sidnyum Say. . . .29

turbinatum Soy. . . 30

? turbinatum Coldstr. . 20

turbinatum Forb. . . 19

? turbinatum Thomps. . 19
? Sydneuni. turbinatum Flem. . 20

Synoicum ficus Blainv. . . 24

rubrum Coldstr. . 38

PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING.

EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES.

All the figures, except those ascribed to Milne Edwards,
are by Joshua Alder.

Plate 51

PLATE LI.

FIGS.

1-5. Polyclinum anrantium M. Eclw. (p. 2) 1. — A
cluster of colonies : natural size. 2. — A cluster :
x 2. 3. — Individuals removed from their common
envelope : magnified. 4. — Part of a system show-
ing a few branchial apertures and one common
orifice : x 4. 5. — A single colony : natural size
(M. Edwards, pi. i, f. G).
6. Polyclinum succinewm Alder. (p. 4) A colony :

slightly enlarged.

7 and 8. Polyclinum succineum var. subopacum var. nov. (p.
5) A colony from Gouliot Caves, Sark : x 2. (P.
subopaciun of the authors, but not described by
them.)

9-11. Polyclinum cerebrif urine Alder, (p. 5) 9. — A colony
from Bantry Bay: slightly enlarged. 10 and 11.
— Clusters of colonies from Hastings : natural
size.

PI. \TM I.I

6

*Nl 10

Plate 52

PLATE LIT.

Amaroucium proliferum M. Edw. (p. 7)

FIGS.

1 and 2. Clusters of colonies from Polperro, Cornwall.
3-5. Clusters from Belgrave Bay, Guernsey.

All natural size.

PL \TF, I. II

Plate 53

PLATE LIU.

FIGS.

1-3. Amaroucium proliferum M. Bdw. (p. 7) 1. — A
small colony : natural size. 2. — A larger colony :
natural size (M. Edwards, pi. i, f. 3). 3. — A
system : enlarged (M. Edwards, pi. i, f. 3a).

4-6. Amaroucium albicans M. Edw. (p. 9) 4. — A cluster
of colonies : natural size. 5. — A system : x 5.
6. — A globular colony found on the upper surface
of a stone, and two stalked colonies found sus-
pended from a projecting piece of rock : natural
size (M. Edwards, pi. i, f. 31).

7. Amaroucium pa-pillosum Alder, (p. 10) Part of a
colony of two systems : natural size.

IM.ATF. J-lll

-

Plate 54

PLATE L1V.

FIGS.

1-3. Amaroncinm argus M. Edw. (p. 11) 1. — Clusters

of colonies from Polperro, Cornwall : natural size.

2. — The same : x 2. 3. — A system : enlarged (M.

Edwards, pi. i, f. 4).
4. Amaroncium Nordinauni M. Edw. (p. 14) A colony :

natural size (M. Edwards, pi. i, f. 5).
5-7. Parascidta Forlesii Alder, (p. 19) Colonies : natural

size (7) and slightly enlarged.
8 and 9. Parascidia Flemingii Alder, (p. 20) 8. — A cluster

of colonies : natural size. 9. — A colony composed

£ • 1 -

or a single system : x o.

PLATE LIV.

3

8

-

,

Plate 55

PLATE LV.

FIGS.
1 and 2. Aplidium melleum sp. nov. (p. 26) 1. — Colonies :

natural size. 2. — A single colony : x 2.
3-6. Aplidium glomeratum sp. nov. (p. 27) 3-5. —
Colonies : natural size, slightly enlarged, and x 2.
6. — Section through a colony : x 2.
7-9. ? A^liilitun mdans Johnst. (p. 27) Colonies:

natural size. (See footnote on p. 29.)

10-12. Didemmim sps. (p. 35) 10 and 12. — Colonies:
natural size. 1J. — A larva (of the species
depicted in fig. 10) : magnified.

13. Diatoma vitreum M. Sai-s. (p. 43) A cluster of
colonies : natural size.

PI.ATK IA.

..

•

Plate 56

PLATE LVI.

Individuals of some of the foregoing species.

FIG.

1. Polyclinum aurantium M. Ed\v. (p. 2)

2. Amaroucium proliftrum M. Edvv. (p. 7)

3. Amaroucium allncans M. Ed\v. (p. 9)

4. Parascidia Forbesii Alder, (p. 19)

5. Parascidia Flemingil Alder, (p. 20)

6. Aplidium melleum sp. nov. (p. 26)

7. Aplidium glomeratum sp. nov. (p. 27)

8. Distoma vitreum M. Sai-s. (p. 43)

All considerably magnified.

PL ATI'! I A I

6

Plate 57

PLATE LVII.
Leptoclinum maculosum M. Edw. (p. 44)

FIG.

1. — A colony from Garth Ferry: natural size. 2. — The
same : x about 3. 3. — Calcareous granules, composed

of crystals, from the same : considerably magnified. 4.

Distinct crystals from the same: highly magnified. 5.
-A colony on a root of Laminaria: natural size (M.
Edwards, pi. viii, f. 2). 6.— Crystals from the same:
variously magnified. 7.- -A variety from Parella Bay,
Guernsey : x 3. 8. — Calcareous crystals from the same :
highly magnified.

The calcareous crystals immersed in the common
tissue appear when slightly magnified to be spherical
concretions, but when highly magnified are seen to
be pyramidal star-shaped crystals with smaller ones
superposed.

IM. \TK IA'11

aj

> /

Plate 58

PLATE LVIII.

FIGS.

1. Leptoclinum atsperwu M. Edw. (p. 45) A colony
investing a root of Lamiuaria : natural size
(M. Edwards, pi. viii, f. 3).

2-6. Leptoclinum durum M. Edw. (p. 46) 2. — A colony
attached to a stone : natural size. 3.— Part of the
same : x 4. 4. — Calcareous granules from the
same: magnified. 5. — A colony: natural size
(M. Edwards, pi. viii, f. 4). 6.— Part of the
same: much enlarged (M. Edwards, pi. viii, f.
4«). a, individuals with the "labial border"
projecting; b, one with a dilated aperture, the
' labial border " not apparent ; c, one with a con-
tracted aperture.

7-10. Lfptodimi'in ful yens M. Edw. (p. 47) 7. — A colony
from Saint's Point, Guernsey : natural size. 8. —
Calcareous crystals from the same : magnified.
9.— Showing the star-like disposition of the same :
less highly magnified. 10. — A colony : natural
size (M. Edwards, pi. viii, f. 5).

PI.ATK I .VI 1 1

'

a

6

10

Plate 59

PLATE LIX.

FIGS.

1-6. A new species intended to have been desci-ibed as
Leptocliimm griseum. 1. — Colonies incrusting a
stein of Laminaria, from Parella Bay, Guernsey :
natural size. 2. — A colony attached to a stone,
from Saint's Point, Guernsey : natural size. 3. —
The same : x 2i. 4. — Part of the same : x about
20. 5 and 6. — Calcareous crystals from the same :
highly magnified.

7. Lcptoclinum gelatinosum M. Edw. (p. 48) A colony
attached to a root of Laminaria: natural size (M.
Edwards, pi. viii, f. 1).

8-13. Leptoclinum punctatum Forbes. (p. 49) 8. — A
colony : natural size. 9. — Part of the same : x
about 5. 10 and 11. — Young individuals from
Cullercoats : magnified. 12. — A single mature
individual with the branchial aperture expanded:
x about 20. 13. — Apex of the same with the
branchial aperture contracted : similarly magni-
fied.

PLATE L

8

11

13

12

Plate 60

PLATE LX.

Various stages in the development of Leptoclinum punc-
tatum : magnified, (p. 50)

Plate 61

PLATE LXI.

FIGS.

1 and 2. Botryllus Schlosseri (Pall.) Sav. (p. 54) 1.— A

colony : natural size. 2. — Part of the same : x 5.

3-7. Botryllus rubens A. & H. (p. 62) 3. — Part of a

colony of a variety : natural size. 4. — The same :

x 5. 5. — Part of a colony of the type : natural

size. 6. — Part of the same : x 5. 7. — A single

individual : x about 20.

8—11. Botryllus mrescens A. & H. (p. 64) 8. — Part of a
colony : natural size. 9. — Part of the same : x 5.
10. — A single individual: x about 20. 11. — A
system of a variety from Falmouth : x 5.

All but the last from Cullercoats.

IM.ATI-: i. xi

--», •

10

Plate 62

PLATE LXII.

FIGS.

1. Botryllus smaragdus M. Edw. (p. 65) Two colonies :

natural size (M. Edwards, pi. vi, f. 6).

2. Botnjllus gemmeus Sav. (p. 68) A colony: natural

size (M. Edwards, pi. vi, f. 5).
3-5. Botnjllus violaceus M. Edw. (p. 69). 3.— Part of

a colony from Guernsey : natural size. 4. — Part

of the same : x 5. 5. — Part of a colony : natural

size (M. Edwards, pi. vi, f. 4).
6-9. Botryllus badius A. & H. (p. 70) 6.— A colony :

natural size. 7. — Two systems : x 5. 8 and 9. —

Single individuals contracted and expanded : x

about 20.

I't.ATF. I.X11.

Plate 63

PLATE LXIII.

FIGS.
1 and 2. Botrt/lln-ft polycyclus Sav. (p. 71) 1. — Part of a

colony from Cullercoats : natural size. 2. — The

same : X 5.
3 and 4. Botryllus castaneus A. & H. (p. 74) 3. — Part of a

colony from Culllercoats : natural size. 4. — A

system : x 5.

5. BotrijUus calyculatus A. & H. (p. 75) Part of a

colony from Peterhead : ? x 5.

6. Botryllus bivittatus M. Edw. (p. 75) A colony :

natural size (M. Edwards, pi. vi. f. 7).

7. Botrijllus miniatns sp. nov. (p. 76) A system from

Falmouth : ? x 5.

8 and 9. An undescribed Botryllus. 8. — A colony from
Cullercoats : enlarged. 9. — A single individual :
further enlarged.

P1,ATF. I.XI1I.

^* '

&'\

IT

, -

-i-

/ >•» ^ --CL. ^ •~5r;.'-

'

— >_ v - j» w^- . .•
»>• — k * / -^ _' « _»

^i"? •-" - aV

- '!•'"

.--"
.-•

Plate 64

PLATE LXIV.

FIGS.

1-3. Botrylloides Leachii (Sav.) M. Edw. (p. 77) 1. — A
small colony from Cullercoats : natural size. 2. —
Part of the same : x about 4. 3. — A sing-le

c">

individual of a variety, from Cullercoats, of the
colour of B. rubru'in : x about 8.
4. Botrylloides rubrum M. Edw. (p. 79) Part of a

colony : natural size (M. Edwards, pi. vi, f. 3).
5-7. Sotrylloides albicans M. Edw. (p. 80) 5.— A
colony from Bambrough : natural size. 6. — The
same : X about 4. 7. — A colony : natural size (M.
Edwards, pi. vi, f. 2).

8-11. Botrylloides radiata A. & H. (p. 82) 8.— Part of a
colony from Cullercoats : natural size. 9.— Part
of the same : x 3. 10. — A single individual : x
about 20. 11. — A system of a variety from Bam-
brough : much enlarged.

PL ATK LXIV.

v n

Plate 65

PLATE LXV.

FIGS.

J. Botrylloides ra-inuloxa A. & H. (p. 85) Part of a
colony from Fahnoutli : x 5.

2-4. Botrylloides tymrsa Alder, (p. 85) 2. — A colony
from Guernsey : natural size. 3. — Part of the
same: enlarged. 4. — A single individual : much
enlarged.

5-7. Botrylloides pnxilla Alder, (p. 86) 5. — A colony
from Guernsey : natural size. 6. — Part of the
same: enlarged. 7. — -A single individual: much
enlarged.

8-11. An undescribed Botrylloides from Douglas, Isle of
Man. 8. — Part of a colony : natural size. 9. — A
system : much enlarged. 10. — Part of a colony :
enlarged. 11. — A branchial aperture: much
enlarged.

IM, VFK l.\\

••

3

Plate 66

PLATE LXVI.

FIG.

1. Botryllus smaragdus M. Edw. (p. 65) (M. Edwards,

pi. vi, f. 6a.)

2. Botryllus gemmeus Sav. (p. 68) (M. Edwards, pi. vi,

f . 5a.)

3. Botryllus violaceus M. Edw. (p. 69) (M. Edwards, pi.

vi, f. 4a.)

4. Botryllus biuittatus M. Edw. (p. 75) (M. Edwards, pi.

vi, f. la.}

5. Botrylloides rubrnm M. Edw. (p. 79) (M. Edwards,

pi. vi, f. 3a.)

All the figures are of systems much enlarged.

I'l. vri: L\\ i

SUPPLEMENT.

ADDITIONAL REFERENCES AND LOCALITIES.*

VOL. I.

Ascidia mamillata Cuv. (p. 72).

Ascidia mamlUafa EYSENHARDT in Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-
Car. XI, 2 (1823), p. 267, pi. xxxvii, if. 17-19; CLOQDET
Syst, Anat. IV, Moll. (1830), pp. 366, 367, in Encycl.
Metli.; JOHNSTON in Mag. Nat. Hist. VI (1833), p. 242,
and Introd. Conch. (1850), p. 282; RUPERT JONES in
Cyclop. Anat. IV, pt, 40 (1850), pp. 1187, 1194, 1201,
1205, f. 766; EOY. COLL. SURGEONS Cat. Mus. I (1850), p.
267; LEACH Synops. Moll. Gt. Britain (1852), p. 239;
OWEN Comp. Anat. Invert. Anim. ed. 2 (1855), p. 473,
f. 178; GRUBE Ausflug nach Triest (1861), pp. 28, 122,
and Insel Lnssin Meeresf. (1864), p. 52; HANCOCK in Jrn.
Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX (1867), pp. 315, 345.

Phallusia mamillata MECKEL Syst. vergl. Anat. IV (1829),
p. 167; HOEVEN Handb. Zool. I (1856), p. 706; KOWAL-
EVSKY in Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. (7) X (1867), no.
15, p. 11, pis. ii, iii, ff. 29-31 ; BUCHOLZ in Zeits. f. wiss.
Zool. XIX, 2 (1869), pp. 122, 151 ; KUPFFER in Arch. f.
mikr. Anat. V (1869), pp. 460, 461 ; FOSTER in Qrt. Journ.
Micr. Sci. (n.s.) X (1870), p. 59.

Ascidia ararhnoidea COCKS in Rep. R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc.
for 1849 (1850), p. 73.

Ascidia mentida 0. F. Mull. (p. 75).

Mentula marina informis BIANCHI (PLANCUS) Conchis minus
notis, ed. alt. (1760), p. 109, pi. vii, and in Bonon. sci.
Comment. V, pt. 1 (1767), p. 243, pi. v, ff. 4-7.

Redns marin DICQUEMARE in Obs. Physique, IX (1777), pt.
1, p. 356, pi. ii.

* Embracing only the period from 1758, the date of the 10th edition of
the ' Systema Naturae/ to 1870.

III. 7

92 BRITISH TUNIC AT A.

Ascidia mentnla GMELIN Linnasi Sjst. Nat. ed. 13, I, pt. 6
(1791), p. 3124; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers (1802), I, p. 102,
and ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 118; CUVIER in Bull. Soc. Philom.
Paris (1815), p. 13, and Mem. Ascid. in Mem. du Mus. II
(1815), p. 32 ; OKEN Lehrb. Naturgesch. Ill, 1 (1815), p.
215 ; GRAVENHORST Tergestina (1831), p. 40 ; COCKS in Rep.
R. Cornw. Polyt. Soc. for 1849 (1850), p. 73; M. SARS in
Nyt Mag-, f. Naturvid. VI (1851), p. 156; ROBERT in
Gaimard's Voyage Islande et Greenland, Zool. (1854), p.
164; DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. Ill ;
FORBES & GODWIN-AUSTEN Nat. Hist. Europ. Seas (1859),
p. 158; M. SARS in Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christ. 1858 (1859),
p. 64; DANIELSSEN in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. XI (1861),
p. 48; SCHULTZ in Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. XII, 2 (1862), pp.
179, 183; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX
(1867), pp. 313-335 passim.

Ascidia coriacea SPALLANZINI Viaggio alle duo Sicilie, IV
(1792), p. 258, pi. x, ff. 1-7, and (transl.) Travels in the
two Sicilies, IV (1798), p. 274, pi. x. ff. 1-7.

Phallusia mentnla FLEMING in Edinb. Encycl. XIV (1820),
p. 631, and Philos. Zool. (1822), p. 512; GRUBE in Abh.
schles. Ges. Vaterl.-Cultur, 1868-69 (1869), p. 104.

Pit alluvia monachus MECKEL Syst. vergl. Anat. IV (1829),
p. 167 ; La; WIG & KCELLIKER in Ann. Sci. nat. (3) Zool. V
(1846), p. 301, pi. v, ff. 5-7, and in Arch. Sci. pliys. nat.
Ill (1846), p. 297.

Ascidia monachus CLOQUET Syst. Anat. IV, Moll. (1830), p.
366, in Encycl. Meth. ; JOHNSTON in Mag. Nat. Hist. VI
(1833), p. 242; MECKEL Syst. vergl. Anat. VI (1833), p.
66; GRUBE Ausflng nach Triest (1861), pp. 28, 122, and
Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 53.

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

Ascidia venosa 0. F. Miill. (p. 102).

Ascidia venosa GMELIN Linnsei Syst. Nat. ed. 13, I, pt. 6

(1791), p. 3124; Bosc Hist, nat. Vers (1802), I, p. 107,

and ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 126; RUPERT JONES in Cyclop.

Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850), p. 1201 ; LEACH Synops. Moll.

Gt. Britain (1852), p. 240; DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc.

for 1857 (1858), p. Ill ; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

Zool. IX (1867), pp. 316-335 passim.
Ascidia rosea FORBES in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850 (1851),

p. 242.

SUPPLEMENT. 9-3

SCOTLAND. — Hebrides (Forbes, 1850).

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

Ascidia sordida A. & H. (p. 119).

Ascidia Konlida HANCOCK in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) V (1850),
p. 196; BYERLEY in Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Liverp. VIII
(1854), Appx. p. 34; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), pp. 316-335 passim.

Ascidia canina 0. F. Miill. (p. 122).

Mentida marina penem caninum BIANCHI Conchis minus
notis, ed. alt. (1760), pp. 45, 124, pi. v, f. 5.

Sac-animal DICQUEMARE in Obs. Physique, IX (1777), 1, p.
137, pi. i, ff. 1-7.

Ascidia canina G-MELIN Linngei Svst. Nat. ed. 13, I, pt. 6
(1791), p. 3125; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers (1802), I, p. 106,
and ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 124 ; CUVIER in Bull. Soc. Philom.
Paris, 1815, p. 14, and Mem. Ascid. in Mem. du Mus. II
(1815), p. 32 ; OKEN Lehrb. Naturgesch. Ill, 1 (1815), p.
216; CUVIKR Eegne Anim. ed. 2, III (1830), p. 166;
COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849), p. 10, and in
Eep. R.Cornw. Polyt. Soc, for 1849 (1850), p. 73; FORBES
in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850 (1851), p. 242; DICKIE in
Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. Ill; MEYER &
MCEBIUS in Arch. Naturg. XXVIII, i (1862), p. 234;
G-RUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 56; KOPFFER in
Arch. f. mikr. Anat. VI (1870), pp. 115-172, pis. viii-x.

Phallnsia caninu, LUTKEM in Vid. Medd. For. Kjobenh. I860,
p. 202; KUPFFER in Arch. f. mikr. Anat. V (1869), pp.
459-463; NORMAN in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868 (1869),
pp. 256, 302 ; FOSTER in Qrt. Journ. Micr. Sci. (n.s.) X
(1870), pp. 60, 66.

SCOTLAND. — Orkneys (Forbes, 1850).

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

Ascidia olliqua Alder (p. 124).

Ascidia obliqua M. & Gr. 0. SARS in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid.
XVII (1870), p. 216.

94 BRITISH TUNIOATA.

Ascidia scabra 0. F. Mull. (p. 128).

Ascidia scabra Bosc Hist. nat. Vers (1802), I, p. 103, and
ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 119; BORY DE ST. VINCENT Vers. &c. I
(1827), p. 135, pi. xlii, f. 5, in Tabl. Encycl. Meth. ;
DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. Ill;
GRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 55; HANCOCK in
Jrn. Linn. Soc. Loud., Zool. IX (1867), pp. 313, 316, 334.

Ascidia scabra and asperxa GMELIN Linnrei Syst. Nat. ed. 13,
I, pt. 6 (1791), pp. 3125, 3126; MEYER & MCEBIOS in
Arch. Naturg. XXVIII, i (1862), p. 234; NORMAN in
Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p. 7247.

Ascidia aspersa RUPERT JONES in Cyclop. An at. IV, pt. 40
(1850), p. 1201 ; LEACH Synops. Moll. Gt. Britain (1852),
p. 240.

Phallusia scabra LOTKKM in Vid. Medd. For. Kjobenh. 1860,
p. 205; GRDBK in Abb. schles. Ges. Vaterl.-Cultur, 1868-
69 (1869), pp. 99, 104.

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

Ascidia affinis A. & H. (p. 136).

Ascidia affinis HANCOCK (MS. sp.) in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), pp. 316, 334.

clliptica A. & H. (p. 140).

Phallusia prunum FLEMING in Edinb. Encycl. XIV (1820)

p. 631.
Pirena prunum FLEMING Philos. Zool. (1822), II, p. 512 ;

Brit. Aniin. (1828), p. 468; and Moll. Anim. (1837), p.

210.
Ascidia prunum JOHNSTON in Mag. Nat. Hist. VI (1833), p.

242; COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849), p. 3;

JOHNSTON Introd. Conch. (1850), p. 279; FORBES in Rep.

Brit. Assoc. for 1850 (1851), p. 242 ; DICKIE in Rep. Brit.

Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. 111.
Ascidia clliptica BYERLEY in Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Liverp.

VIII (1854), p. 34.

ENGLAND. — Devon (Forbes, 1850).

IRELAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

Ascidia pellucida A. & H. (p. 142).

Ascidia pellucida COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849),
p. 10.

SUPPLEMENT. 95

Ascidia orbicidaru O. F. Mi'ill. (p. 144).

Ascidia orbicularis GMELIN Linnsei Syst. Nat. ed. 13, 1, pt. 6
(1791), p. 3126; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers (1802), I, p. 107,
and ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 125 ; BORY DK ST. VINCENT Vers,
&c. I (1827), p. 135, pl. Ixv, ff. 9, 10, in Tabl. Encycl.
Meth.; DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. 111.

Ascidia vitrea Van Ben. (p. 144).

Ascidia vitrea TEOSCHEL in Arch. f. Naturg. XIII, n (1847),
p. 408; EYTON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) X (1852), p. 436 ;
DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857 (1858), p. 111.

ENGLAND. — Laxey Head, Isle of Man (Eyton, 1852).
SCOTLAND. — Clyde, Hebrides, Orkneys (Forbes, 1850).
IKE LAND. — Strangford Lough, Down (Dickie, 1857).

VOL. II.

Ciona iniestincclis (L.) Flem. (p. 9).

Ascidia intestinalis HAMMER Fauna Norvegica (1775), p.

188; BLUMENBACH Handb. Naturgescli. pt. 2 (1780), p.

416; (Fr. transl.) Man. Hist, nat, II (1803), p. 25; and

(Engl. transl.) Elem. Nat, Hist. (1825), p. 246; BAKBDT

Genera Vermimn, pt, 1 (1783), p. 50, pl. v, f. 3;

BRUGUIERE Hist. nat. Vers, I (1789), p. 149, in. Encycl.

Meth. ; DENYS DE MONTFOKT in Buff on's Hist. nat. Moll.

VI (1805), p. 162 ; OKEN Lehrb. Naturgescli. Ill (1815),

p. 216 ; GOLDFDSS Handb. Zool. (1820), II, p. 594 ; FLEMING

in Edinb. Philos. Journ. VIII (1823), p. 301 ; BORY DE ST.

VINCENT Hist. Nat, Vers, &c. I (1827), p. 135, pl. Ixv, f.

3, in Tabl. Encycl. Meth. ; MECKEL Syst. vergl. Anat. Ill

(1828), p. 5-t; CUVIEK Regne Anim. ed. 2, III (1830), p.

166; ROY. COLL. SURGEONS Cat. Mus. I (1831), p. 21;

1833, p. 195 ; ed. 2, I (1852), p. 196; and (1860), p. 262 ;

BROWN Conch. Text-book, ed. 6 (1845), p. 204, pl. xx, f. 7 ;

COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmoiith (1849), p. 3; M. SARS

in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. VI (1851), p. 157 ; FORBES Nat.

Hist, Europ. Seas (1859), p. 87 ; DANIELSSEN in Nyt Mag.

f. Naturvid. XI (1861), p. 48; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn.

Soc. Lond., Zool. IX (1867), p. 327.
Ascidia SCHALK De Ascidium structura (1814), 10 pp., 1 pl.,

4 text-figs.

96 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Phallusia intestinalis CRESTED Reg. Mar. CEresund (1844),

p. 70 ; GRUBE Ausflug nach Triest (1861), pp. 22, 58, 122,

and Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 19. '
dona intestinalis, FORBES Nat. Hist. Europ. Seas (1859), p.

68 ; FOSTER in Qrt. Journ. Micr. Sci. (n.s.) X (1870), p. 59.
? Ascidia Iritannica LEACH Synops. Moll. Gt. Britain (1852),

p. 238.
Ascidia hi/alina ? SOWERBY Pop. Hist. Aquarium (1857),

p. 15, pi. xiii.
Ascidia rifmi ? SOWERBY Pop. Hist. Aquarium (1857), p.

267, pi. xiii.
? Phallusia corrugata LUTKEM in Vid. Medd. For. Kjobenh.

1860, p. 203.

ENGLAND. — Dorset (Forlif*, 1850). llfracombe,
Devon, on Pki/U<>j><>i-<t mini (X<mv'/7>//, 1857).

Corella par allelo gramma (0. F. Miill.) Hanc. (p. 25).

Ascidia pnrallelogramma Bosc Hist. nat, Vers, ed. 2 (1827),
T, p. 125; M. SARS in Nyt. Mag. f. Naturvid. VI (1851),
p. 156; GRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 53;
HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX (1867), pp.
313, 326, 333, 338.

Ascidia rirginea COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849),
p. 10; EYTON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) X (1852), p. 436;
THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852 (1853), p. 239;
GOSSE Nat, Hist., Moll. (1854), p. 314, fig. ; MCANDREW
& BARRETT in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) XVII (1856), p. 385.

Corella 'paraUclogramma LUTKEM in Vid. Medd. For. Kjobenh.
1860, p. 204. "

ENGLAND. — Laxey Head, Isle of Man (Eyton, 1852).

Molf/nla conclilega (0. F. Miill.) A. & H. (p. 41).

Ascidia conclilega OKEN Lelirb. Naturgesch. Ill, 1 (1815),
p. 215; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers, ed. 2 (1827), I, p. 120;
COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist, Falmouth (1849), p. 3; NORMAN
in Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p. 7247; DANIELSSEN in Nyt
Mag. f. Naturvid. XI (1861), p. 48 ; HANCOCK in Jrn.
Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX (1867), pp. 318, 332, 335.

Molfjida simplex A. & H. (p. 51).

Molgula simple HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX
(1867), p. 319.

SUPPLEMENT. (->7

Einjyra a/v^asvr A. & H. (p. 70).

Mnl(/nla fxbulnxa COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849),

]>. 6; DANIELSSKN in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. XI (1861),

p. 49.
Cyntliia tnlndaris FORBES in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850

(1851), pp. 219, 242.
Mol/jula arenasa BAIRD Cyclop. Nat. Sciences (1858), p. 56;

HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Loud.. Zool. IX (1867), pp.

319, 338.

SCOTLAXD.- — St. Magnus Bay, Foula Island, and Papa
Stour, Shetland Isles, 1845 (Forbes, 1850).

Cynthia <•!</ n<li<'aux Sav. (p. 78).

Ci/»thia claudicans NORMAN in Zoologist, XVIII (1860), p.
>247 ; GRUBE Ausflug nach Triest (1861), pp. 62, 122,
and Insel Lussiii Meeresf. (1864), p. 51.

Cynthia squamulosa Aid. (p. 81).

Cynthia squamulosa HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Loud.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 317.

Cynthia ot:ata A. & H. (p. 84).

Cynthia orata HANCOCK (MS. sp.) in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 317.

Cynthia morns Forb. (p. 86).

Cyntliia morns COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849),
p. 11.

Cynthia cchinnta (L.) Aid. (p. 93).

? Axcidia liispida COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth (1849),

p. 3.
Ascidia ecliinata Bosc Hist. nat. Vers, ed. 2 (1827), I, p.

120; M. SARS in Nyt Wag. f. Naturvid. VI (1851), p. 157 ;

DANIELSSEN in Nyt Mag.'f. Naturvid. XI (1861), p. 48.
Ascidium echinatnm BAIRD Cyclop. Nat. Sciences (1858),

p. 561.
Cyntliia ecliinata LUTKEM in Vid. Medd. For. Kjobenh. 1860,

p. 206.

Styela tuberosa (Macg.) A. & H. (p. 103).
Styela tuberosa HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX

(1867), pp. 310-335 pa#*im.
Cynthia tuberosa M. & G. 0. SARS in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid.

XVII (1870), p. 214.

98 BRITISH TUN1CATA.

Styela quadrangulans (Forb.) A. & H. (p. 105).

Styela quadrangular is GOSSE Year at the Shore (1865),
p. 306, pi. xxxiv.

Stijda mamillaris (Gaertn.) A. & H. (p. 106).

Ascidia papillosa BARBUT Genera Vermium, pt. 1 (1783), p.

48, pi. v, f. 1.
Ascidia mi t mill ar is DENYS DK MONTFORT in Buffon's Hist.

nat. Moll. (1801), VI, p. 161 ; OKEN Lehrb. Naturgesch.

Ill, 1 (1815), p. 215; Bosc Hist. nat. Vers, ed. 2 (1827),

I, p. 118.
? A&cldiii microcosmus JOHNSTON in Mao-. Nat. Hist. VI

(1833), p. 242.
Phallus ia mamillaris LCEWIG & KCELLIKER in Ann. Sci. nat.

(3) Zool. V (1846), pp. 193, 199, pi. v, ff. 1-4, and in

Arch. Sci. phys. nat. Ill (1846), p. 297.
Cynthia i><ipillata BERTHOLD Lehrb. Zool. (1845), p. 517;

BERTHELOT in Coinpt. rend. Acad. Sci. XLVII (1858),

p. 229 ; RDPERT JONES in Cyclop. Anat. IV, pt. 40 (1850),

pp. 1198, 1199, f. 776; BDCHOLZ in Zeits. f. wiss. Zool.

XIX, 1 (1869), p. 149.
? Cynthia microcosmus FORBES in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 18oO

(1851), p. 241 ; DICKIE in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1857

(1858), p. 111.
Ascidiii microcosmus QUEKETT Lect. Histology, II (1854),

p. 263, f. 146.

Ascidi'i. papillata CHENU Encycl. Hi.st. nat. (1858), p. 246.
Styela mamillaris HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Loncl., Zool.

IX (1867), pp. 317, 335.

SCOTLAND. — Hebrides (Forbes, 1850).

tfti/i'la pom aria (Sav.) A. & H. (p. 110).

Ci/nthia pomaria MECKEL Syst. vergl. Anat. IV (1829), p.

167; LCEWIG & KCELLTKER in Ann. Sci. nat. (3) Zool. V

(1846), p. 215, pi. vi, ff. 15, 17, 20, 22, 24.
Ascidia pomaria GRUBE Insel Lussin Meeresf. (1864), p. 51.

Styela rarialUis A. & H. (p. 117).

Styela variabilis HANCOCK (MS. sp.) in Jrn. Linn. Soc.
Lond., Zool. IX (1867), p. 318.

SUPPLEMENT. 99

Sti/<'l<>i>*is grossularia (Van Ben.) Traust. (p. 129j.

(jroKsnlaria TBOSCHEL in Arch. f. Naturg. XIII,

n (1847), p. 408; THOMPSON in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1852

(1853), p. 293.
Ascidia rustic a, COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Fahnouth (1849),

p. 157; JOHNSTON Introd. Conch. (1850), p. 297.
Cynthia grossnlaria GOSSE Year at the Shore (1865), p. 306,

pi. xxxiv ; M. & G. 0. SARS in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid.

XVII (1870), p. 214.

Thylaciam aggregation (Rathke) V. Cams (p. 136).

Awidin aggregata KAUP Thierreich (1837), p. 38.

Cynthia aggregata FORBES in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850
(1851), p. 241 ; RYMER JONES Aquar. Naturalist (1858),
p. 451 ; McANDKEW & BARRETT in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2)
XVII (1856), p. 395; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Sue. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 317.

Pelonaia corrugata F. & Gr. (p. 145).

Pelonaia corrugata COCKS Spec. Nut. Hist. FahnoutL (1849),
p. 15; MCANDREW & BARRETT in Ann. Nat. Hist (2)
XVII (1856), p. 385; DANiKLSSENinNytMag. f. Naturvid.
XI (1861), p. 49; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 334; M. & G. 0. SARS in Nyt Mag.
f. Naturvid. XVII (1870), p. 214.

Aftcidia intestiualis RYMER JONES Aquar. Naturalist (1858),
p. 452, pi. viii, f. 5.

52

Clavelina lepadiformis (0. F. Miill.) Sav. (p. 1

Ascidia lepadiformin Bosc Hist. nat. Vers, ed. 2 (1827),
I, p. 123.

Clavelina lepadiformis FLEMING in Edinb. Philos. Journ.
V1I1 (1823), p. 301 ; AUDOCIN & MILNE EDWARDS Hist.
nat. Litt. France, I (1832), p. 143; LCEWIG & KI.KLLIKER
in Ann. Sci. nat. (3) Zool. V (1846), p. 204, and in Arch.
Sci. phys. nat. Ill (1846), p. 297; COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist,
Falmouth (1849), p. 11; ROY. COLL. SURGEONS Cat. Mus.
ed. 2, I (1860), p. 262; GOSSE Year at the Shore (1865),
p. 302; HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. IX
(1867), p. 319.

100 BRITISH TUNICATA.

Clcii'elina LEWES Sea-side Studies (1858), p. 23, pi. i, f. 4.
ENGLAND. — llfracombe, Devon (Leir-ex, 1858).

Pernphora Lister I F. & H. (p. 158).

Perophera Listeri COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Fal mouth (1849),
p. 3; GOSSE Nat. Hist., Moll. (1854), p. 316, fig. ; OWEN
in Encycl. Brit. ed. 8, XI (1858), p. 332, f. 5; GOSSE Year
at the Shore (1865), p. 302; FKEDOL (MOQUTN-TANDON)
Monde de la Mer, ed. 2 (1866), p. 249, tig-., and (transl.)
World of the Sea (1869), p. 179, fig.

Diazona clolacea Sav. (p. 1(30).*

Polyclinum violaceum GOLDFDSS Handb. Zool. (1820), II,

p. 592, and Grundz. Zool. (1826), p. 351.
Pol lldi nu (liazona HOEVEN Handb. Dierk. II, 1 (1830), p. 30.
Dirtzona riolucea LCEWIG & KUOLLIKER in Ann. Sci. nat. (3)

Zool. V (1846), p. 207, pi. v, f. 11 ; pi. vi, If. 12, 13;

pi. vii, f. 4; and in Arch. Sci. phys. nat. Ill (1846),

p. 297; JOHNSTON Introd. Conch. (1850), p. 299; H. & A.

ADAMS Gen. Recent Moll. (1858), III, pi. cxxxv, ff. 5, 5a;

OWEN in Encycl. Brit. ed. 8, XV (1858), p. 332.
? Leptoclinum violaceum EYTON in Ann. Nat. Hist. (2) X

(1852), p. 436.

? ENGLAND. — Doug-las Bay, Isle of Man (Eytou, 1852).

VOL. III.

Polyclinum aiirantium M. Ed\v. (p. 2).

Polyclinum aurantium, HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Loud.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 325.

Amaroucium proliferum M. Edw. (p. 7).

Amaroucium proliferum OWEN Comp. Anat. Invert. Anini.

(1842), pp. 272, 274, ff. 1 16, 117 ; QUEKETT Lect, Histology,

II (1854),. p. 265, f. 149.
Amoiimucium proliferuni COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmouth

(1849), p. 3.

* This species appeared as Diazona hebridica in the second volume, being
the name adopted by Alder & Hancock, but, as there can be no doubt of the
identity of the Syntethys hebridicus of Forbes & Uoodsir with the Diazona
violacea of Savigny, the older name is adopted here.

SUPPLEMENT. 101

Amaroucium anjus M. Edw. (p. 11).

Amaroucium RYMEE JONES Aquarian Naturalist (1858),
pi. viii, if. 2, la.

Amaroucium Nordmanni M. Edw. (p. 14).

Amouroucium Nordmanni COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmoutli
(1849), p. 3.

Amaroucium fallax (Jolinst.) A. & H. (p. 17).

Aplidium fallax, COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmoutli (1849),
p. 3.

cus (Pall.) Sav. (p. 23).

Bouton-Gris DICQUEMARE in Obs. Physique, XXIII (1783),

2, p. 75, pi. ii.
Polyclinum fie us GOLDFDSS Handb. Zool. (1820) I, p. 591,

and Grundr. Zool. (1826), p. 351.

Didemnum candidum Sav. (p. 35).

Polyclinum candidum GOLDFUS^ Handb. Zool. (1820), I,
p. 591.

Distoma rulrum Sav. (p. 38).

Distoma rub rum Risso Hist. iiat. Europe merid. (1826), IV,
p. 278.

Dixtonia vanolosum (Gaertn.) Sav. (p. 40).

Distoma variolosum COCKS Spec. Nat. Hist. Falmoutli (1849),
p. 11.

Eoti-yllus Schlosseri (Pall.) Sav. (p. 54).

Alcyonium Schlosseri PALLAS Reise sudlich. Statthalt.
russicli. Reichs, II (1801), p. 476.

Botryllns Schlosseri GOLDFUSS Handb. Zool. (1820) I, p. 592,
and Grundr. Zool. (1826), p. 352; LEACH Synops. Moll.
Gt. Britain (1852), p. 242 • QUEKETT Lect. Histology II
(1854), p. 265, f. 150; BAIRD Cyclop. Nat. Sciences (1858),
p. 78; CHENU Encycl. Hist. iiat. (1858), p. 247.

102 1JR1TISH TUNICATA.

Botryllus c/emmeus Sav. (p. 68).

Botryllus RYMER JONES Aquarian Naturalist (1858), pi. viii,

f. 1.
Botryllus gemmeiis FREDOL (MOQUIN-TANDON) Monde de la

Mer, ed. 2 (1866), p. 251, fig., and (tvansl.) World of the

Sea (1869), p. 180, fig-.

Botryllus polycyclus Sav. (p. 71).

Botryllus polycyclus GOLDFUSS Handb. Zool. (1820) I, p. 593;
GOSSE Nat. Hist., Moll. (1854), p. 317.

Botryllovles Leacldi (Sav.) M. Ed\v. (p. 77).

Botryllus Leachii LEACH Sviiops. Moll. Gt. Britain (1852),
p. 241.

ENGLAND. — Between Dover and Sandgate, Kent
(L'*ach, 1852).

Botnjllo'ides nnlwtn A. & H. (p. 82).

Botrylloides radiata HANCOCK in Jrn. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. IX (1867), p. 326.

? Botryllus conglomerate Gaertn. (p. 87).

Botryllus conglotneratus CUVIEK Tabl. elem. Aniin. (1798),
p. 656; FLEMING Moll. Aniin. (1837), p. 214; LEACH
Synops. Moll. Gt. Britain (1852), p. 243.

Alcyoniumconglomeratum TURTON Gen. Sjst. Nat. (1802 and
1806), IV, p. 655.

ENGLAND. — " Diamond Rock," east of Hastings,
Sussex (Leach, 1852).

( 103 )

LIST OF THE SPECIES DESCRIBED IN THIS MONOGRAPH,

WITH THE GrENKRA UNDER WHICH THEY WOULD

PROBABLY NOW BE PLACED.

SOLITARY.

ASCIDIAD.&:.

MOLGULID.E.

Ascidia mamillata Phallusia

Molgula conchilega

Molgula

„ mentula Ascidia

„ complanata

Ctenicella

„ robusta „

„ oculata

Molgula

., rubicunda „

„ valvata

„

rubrotincta

„ simplex

„

,, crassa „

,, siphonata

„

„ mollis ,,

„ socialis

„

plana „

„ inconspicua

„

„ Alderi

,, citrina

„

„ rudis ,,

Eugyra arenosa

Eugy ra

venosa Ascidiella

„ globosa

„

„ producta Ascidia

,, inornata ,.,

CYNTHIAD^:.

„ depressa „

Cynthia rosea

Cynthia

„ elongata Ascidiella

,, claudicans

„

„ aculeata ,,

„ squamulosa

„

„ amcena ,,

„ ovata

„

„ plebeia Ascidia

,, niorus

51

„ sordida Ascidiella

,, tessellata

Forbesella

„ canina Ciona

„ limacina

„

„ obliqua Ascidiella

„ echinata

Cynthia

„ Morei „

Styela tuberosa

Polycarpa

„ scabra „

,, informis

Styela

„ Normani „

„ quadrangularis

Polycarpa

affinis ,,

„ mamillaris

Styela

,, pustulosa ,,

„ opalina

„

., elliptica „

,, coriacea

Polycarpa

„ pellucida „

„ pomaria

„

,, orbicularis .,

,, sulcatula

Styela

„ vitrea „

„ granulata

„

Ciona intestinalis Ciona

., humilis

Polycarpa

„ pulchella ,,

,, variabilis

Styela

,, fascicularis ,.

,, obscura

Polycarpa

Corella

,, comata

„

parallelogramma Corella

,, vestita

Styela

larvseforniis .,

., violacea

„

ovata ,,

fibrillata

Polycarpa

104

BRITISH TUNICATA.

CYNTHIAD^: (continued).

Styela depressa Polycarpa

„ northnmbrica Styela

Styelopsis grossularia Styelopsis
„ sphserica ,,

„ lineata „

„ glomerata Polycarpa

Thylaciuni aggregatum Thylacium
,, Sylvani ,,

Normani

Thylacium variolosum
Pelonaia corrugata
„ glabra

Clavelina lepadiformis

„ producta

,, corrugata
Perophora Lister i
Diazona violacea

Distoma
Pelonaia

Clavelina

Perophora
Diazona

AGGEEGAT.E.

POLTCLINID^E.

Polyclinum aurantium Polyclinwrn

,, succineum ,,

„ cerebriforme „

Amaroucium

proliferum Amaroucium
„ albicans „

„ papillosum „

„ argus Morchelliuin

„ edentulum Amaroucium
,, Nordmanni „

„ pomnm „

„ fallax Aplidium

Parascidia Forbesii Parascidia
„ Flemingii
„ flabellata „

Aplidium ficus Polyclinum

,, melleum Aplidium
„ glomeratum „

„ nutans „

Sidnyum turbinatum Sidnyitm

DIDEMNIDJE.
Didemnum

gelatinosum Diplosoma

„ candiduin Didemnum

Distoma rubrum Distoma
„ variolosum „

„ vitreum „

Leptoclinum

maculosum Leptoclinum

Leptoclinum asperum Leptoclinum
„ durum „

fulsrens

gelatinosum

punctatum

Listerianum

Diplosoma

BOTRYLLID^:.

Botryllus Schlosseri Botryllus

„ rubens „

„ virescens „

,, smaragdus „

gemmeus

„ violaceus „

„ badius „
„ polycyclus

„ castaneus „

„ caliculatus „

,, bivittatus ,,

,, miniatus ,,

Botrylloides Leachii Botrylloides

„ rubrum „

,, albicans „

,, vinosa „

„ radiata „

„ rotifera „

„ ramulosa „
„ sparsa

,, pusilla ,,

Botryllus conglomeratvis ?

( 105 )

GENERAL INDEX

TO THE SPECIES, ETC., MENTIONED OR DESCRIBED.*

Pages where described in thick type.

PAGE

A.

aculeata, Asciclia i, 17, 71, 113,

114-116, 117, 119, 139

affinis, Ascidia i, 19, 25, 28, 45, 49,

68, 70, 131, 136-138 ; iii, 94

aggregata, Ascidia ii, 135, 136 ; iii,

99

aggregata, Cynthia i, 14 ; ii, 136 ;

iii, 99
. iii, 1
i, 30; ii,
136 ; iii, 99
i, 16 ; iii,
9-10

iii, 80-81
i, 13 ; iii, 81
i, 15, 131-132

AGGREGATE
aggregatum, Thylacium

albicans, Amaroxicium

albicans, Botrylloides

albicans, Botryllus

albida, Ascidia .

Alcyonium ii, 138; iii, 41, 54, 65, 87

alderi, Ascidia . i, 19, 47, 71, 97-100

Amarouciumf M. Edw. iii, 6-7, 18,

19, 101

albicans 31. Edw. . iii, 9-10

argus M. Edw. . iii, 11-14
edentulum V. Cams iii, 14

fallax (Johnst .) A.SfH. iii, 17-18
nordmanni M. Edw. iii, 14-16
papillosum Aid. . iii, 10-11
pomum M. Sars. . . iii, 16

proliferum M. Edw.

amcena, Ascidia

ampulla, Ascidia

ampulla, Cynthia

iii, 7-9
i, 116-117
ii, 5, 120, 121
i, 14, 17 ; ii, 120

arnpulloides, Ascidia
anceps, Ascidia
Aplidia .

i, 31 ; ii, 53

i, 12, 145

. iii, 29

Aplidium Sav. .

PAGE

i, 8 ; iii, 7, 22, 30

ficus (Pall.) Sav. .

glomeratum A. Sf H.

melleum A. <$' H. .

nutans Johnst.
Aplyclium
Appendicularia
araehnoidea, Ascidia

iii, 23-26
. iii, 27
iii, 16-27
iii, 27-29
. iii, 22
i, 8, 15, 16, 57
i, 14, 72, 73,
75 ; iii, 91

arenifera, Pelonaia . ii, 145, 146

arenosa, Eugyra i, 32 ; ii, 53, 67,

69, 70-73 ; iii, 97

arenosa, Molgula i, 15, 17, 45, 47 ;

ii, 70 ; iii, 97

argus, Armaroucium . i, 14 ; iii,

11-14, 101

Aseidia L. i, 4, 9, 21, 22, 24, 27, 35,
40, 44, 51-53, 57, 64-72 ; ii, 1,
3, 4, 9, 11, 18-21, 28, 35-37, 43,
66, 75, 96, 97, 100, 128, 139,
142, 148, 150, 155, 158 ; iii, 95

aculeata Aid.
alderi Hanc.
affinis A. Sf H.
amcena A. <Sf H. .
canina 0. F. Mull.
crassa, Sane.
depressa A. fy H. .
elliptica A. Sf H. .
elongata A. Sf H. .
iuornata Hanc.
mamillata Cuv.
mentula 0. -F. Mull.
mollis A. Sf H.
var. carnosa

i, 114-116

i, 97-100

i, 136-138

i, 116-117

i, 122-124

i, 88-91

i, 111-112

i, 140-142

i, 112-114

i, 108-110

i, 72-75

i, 75-80

i, 92-94

i, 94

* The described species only are indexed under their genera.
f The various spellings of this word are not indexed.

106

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE

Ascidia movei Hopk. . i, 126-128

normani A. $ H. . i, 132-136

var. resplendens . i, 135

obliqua Aid. . i, 124-125

orbicularis 0. F. Midi. . i, 144

pellucida A. Sf H. . i, 142-143

plana Hanc. . i, 94-97

plebeia Aid. . i, 117-119

producta Hanc. . i, 105-107

pustulosa Aid. . i, 136-140

robusta Hanc. i, 80-82

rubicunda Hanc. . i, 83-85

rubrotincta Hanc. i, 85-88

rudis Aid. . . i, 100-102

scabra 0. F. Mull. i, 128-131

var. albida . . i, 131

var. echinata . ' i, 132

var. Isevis . . i, 132

sordidaA $ H. . i, 119-122

venosa 0. F. Miill. i, 102-105

vitrea Van Ben. . i, 144-145

ASCIDIAD.E . . i, 64 ; ii, 1

Ascidise i, 24, 52, 54, 57, 65, 66, 90

ascidoides, Alcyonium i, 11; ii,

138 ; iii, 41

ascidioides, Distomns . . iii, 41

Ascidium i, 4, 9, 64, 65; ii, 94, 121
aspersa, Ascidia i, 13, 128 ; iii, 94
asperum, Leptoclimim i, 13 ; iii,

45-46

aurantium, Polyclinum i, 14, 30,
39 ; iii, 2, 6, 100

aureum, Amaroucium . . iii, 46

aureum, Leptoclinum . i, 13 ; iii, 46

B.

badiiis, Botvyllus . iii, 70-71

bivittatus, Botryllus i, 13 ; iii, 67,

68, 75-76

borlassii, Alcyonium . i, 10-12

borlasii, Botryllus . iii, 65-67

BOTRYLLID.E . . . iii, 52

Botrylloides M. Edw. . iii, 77, 79

albicans M. Edw. . iii, 80-81

leachii M. Ediv. . iii, 77-79

pusilla Aid. . . iii, 86

radiata A. Jf H. . . iii, 82

PAGE

Botrylloides ramulosa A. Jf H. iii,

85

rotifera M. Ediv. . iii, 83-85
rubruni M. Edw. . iii, 79-80
sparsa Aid. . iii, 85-86

vinosa A. 4- H. . iii, 81-82

Botryllus Gaertn. i, 6, 8, 10 ; iii, 16,
52-54, 62, 71, 75, 79, 88, 102
badius A. % H. . iii, 70-71
bivittatus M. Edw. iii, 75-76
caliculatus A. fy H. . iii, 75

castaneus A. Sf H. . iii, 74

conglomerates Gaertn. iii,

87-88

gemmeus Sav. . iii, 68-69
miniatus A. Sf H. . iii, 76-77
polycyclus Sav. . iii, 71-74

rubens A. S( H. . iii, 62-64
schlosseri (Pall.) Sav. iii, 54-62
smaragdus M. Edw. iii, 64-68
violaceus M. Edw. iii, 69-70

virescens A. <$' H. iii, 64-65

Bouton-gris . . iii, 101

britannica, Ascidia . . iii, 96

C.

calyculatus, Botryllus
candidum, Didemnum

. iii, 75
i, 15 ; iii,
35-37, 101

candidum, Didermuin . iii, 35

candidum, Eucalium . . iii, 35

candidum, Polyclinum iii, 101

canina, Ascidia i, 13, 122-124 ; iii, 93
canina, Ciona . . ii, 9

canina, Phallusia . i, 122 ; iii, 93
conopus, Cynthia . . i, 31

carnosum, Alcyonium i, 10 ; iii, 54, 61
castaneus, Botryllus . i, 15 ; iii, 74
cerebriforme, Polyclinum i, 17 ;

iii, 5-6

Ciona (Sav.) Flem. . ii, 1-9, 140

fascicularis Hanc . ii, 15-18

intestinalis (L.) Flem. ii, 9-14

pulchella Aid. . ii, 14-15

citrina, Molgula i, 15; ii, 62-65

claudicans, Ascidia . . i, 13

claudicans, Cynthia ii, 78-81 ; iii, 97

GENERAL INDEX.

107

PAGE

Clavelina Sav. i, S, 21, 24, 27, 44, 53,
54-56; ii, 2, 3, 140, 148-152,
1 57 ; iii, 100

corrugata A. $ H. . ii, 155

lepadifonnis (0. F. Mi'dl.)

Sav. . . ii, 152-154

proclucta M. Edw. ii, 154 ; iii, 87

Clavelina! . . ii, 148, 162

CLAVELINID^E . . ii, 135, 148

ooniata, Cynthia . i, 17 ; ii, 120

comata, Styela ii, 117, 120-122

oommunis, Ascidia . . i, 76

oomplanata, Molgula . i, 19, 32 ; ii,

36-39, 41, 45-48, 65

oonchilega, Ascidia . i, 11 ; ii, 41,

43 ; iii, 96

conchilega, Molgula . i, 31, 46, 49 ;

ii, 37-41, 41-15, 71 ; iii, 96

conchilega, Pandocia . . i, 11

conglomeration, Alcyonium i, 11 ; iii,

87, 102

conglomeratus, Botryllus i, 10, 11 ;

iii, 87-88, 102

Corella A. $ H. i, 19 ; ii, 18-25, 66
larvEeformis Hanc. ii, 28-31

ovata Hanc. . ii, 31-34

parallelogramma ( 0. F.

Midi.) Hanc. . ii, 25-28

coriacea, Ascidia . . iii, 92

coriacea, Cynthia . i, 15 ; ii, 109

coriacea, Styela ii, 109-110, 115

corrugata, Ascidia . ii, 6, 10

corrugata, Clavelina . . ii, 155

corrugata, Pelonaia . i, 13, 49 ; ii,

140, 144, 145-146, 147; iii, 99

corrugata, Phallusia . . iii, 96

crassa, Ascidia . i, 19, 88-91

Cynthia Sav. . i, 8, 21, 24, 65 ; ii,

5, 66, 75-76, 97, 121, 124, 128, 129

claudicans Sav. . ii, 78-81

echinata (L.) Aid. ii, 93-97

limacina Forb. . ii, 92-93

morus Forb. . ii, 86-89

ovata A. $ H. . ii, 84-86

rosea Aid. . ii, 76-78

squanmlosa Aid. . ii, 81-84

tessellata Forb. . ii, 89-92

III.

PAGE

CTNTHIAD^E i, 28-30, 48, 59 ; ii, 75,

102, 144

Cynthiae . . i, 65 ; ii, 135

Cynthiae Styelse . . ii, 97

D.

depressa, Ascidia i, 15, 107, 111-112,

116, 119

depressa, Styela . ii, 126-127

Diazoma . . . ii, 159

Diazona Flem. . . . iii, 37

Diazona Sav. . i, 8 ; ii, 159, 161

hebridica (F. $ <?.) Aid.

ii, 160-162

violacea . . iii, 100

diazona, Polyclina . iii, 100

diazona, Polyclinum . . ii, 160

DIDEMNID^: . . . iii, 31

Didemnium . . . iii, 32

Didemnum Sav. i, 8 ; iii, 31, 32, 34

candidum Sav. . iii, 35-37

gelatinosum M. Edw. iii, 32-35
Didermum . . . iii, 35

dione, Cynthia . . ii, 66

Distoma Sav. . iii, 31, 37-38, 42

rubrum Sav. . iii, 38—40

variolosum (Gaertn.) Sav.

iii, 40-42

vitreum M. Sa.rs . . iii, 43

DISTOMID.S: . . . iii, 31

Distomum . . . iii, 37

distomum, Alcyonium ii. 138 ;

iii, 41

Distomus . . ii, 97 ; iii, 37

Doliolum . i, 8, 56, 57, 60

durum, Leptoclinum . i, 13 ; iii, 46

E.

eboracensis, Ascidia . . i, 11

echinata, Ascidia i, 12, 13 ; ii, 93 ;

iii, 97
echinata, Cynthia i, 48 ; ii, 93-97 ;

iii, 97

echinatum, Ascidium ii, 94 ; iii, 97
edentulum, Amaroucivini . i, 15 ;

iii, 14
elliptica, Ascidia i, 15, 140-142 ;

iii, 94

8

108

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE

elongata, Ascidia . i, 19, 112-114

Eucalium . . . iii, 35

Eugyra A. Sf H. i, 19 ; ii, 65-69

arenosa A. fy H. . ii, 70-73

ii, 73-75

globosa Hanc.

F.

fallax, Amaroucium iii, 17-18, 29,

101

fallax, Aplidium i, 12 ; iii, 17, 101
fascicularis, Ciona i, 19 ; ii, 5-7,

15-18

fasciculatum, Tethyum ii, 5, 9, 15
fibrillata, Styela ii, 125-126

ficas, Alcyonium . i, 11 ; iii, 23

ficus, Alcyonium . . iii, 23

ficus, Alpidium . i, 11 ; iii, 24

ficus, Apliclium i, 10 ; iii, 17, 18,

23-26, 101

ficus, Polyclinum . iii, 24, 101
ficus, Synoicum . . iii, 24

flabellata, Parascidia i, 17 ; iii, 21-22
flabellum, Append icularia . i, 15
flagellum, Appendicularia i, 15, 16
flemingii, Parascidia . iii, 20-21
fleming-ii, Sidnyum . . i, 17

forbesii, Parascidia . iii, 19-20
forbesii, Sidnyum . i, 17

fnlgens, Leptocliniim . iii, 47-48

G.

gelatina, Ascidia . . ii, 152

gelatinosum, Didemnum i, 15 ; iii,

32-35

gelatinosum, Leptoclimim . i, 13 ;

iii, 48-49, 51

gemina, Ascidia . i, 12, 145

gemmeus, Botryllus . i, 13 ; iii,

68-69, 102

glabra, Pelonsea . . ii, 146

glabra, Pelonaiai i, 13 ; ii, 146-147
glacialis, Cynthia ii, 43, 122, 123
Glandula . . ii, 76, 121

globosa, Eugyra i, 19 ; ii, 69, 73-75
glomerata, Cynthia i, 17 ; ii, 128,

129, 134
glomerata, Styelopsis . ii, 134-135

PAGE

glomeratum, Aplidium . iii, 27

granulata, Cynthia . i, 17 ; ii. 115
granulata, Styela ii, 110, 115-116
griseum, Leptoclinum . iii, 48

grossularia, Ascidia . ii, 128-130,

132 ; iii, 99

grossularia, Cynthia i, 14 ; iii, 99,

130
grossularia, Styelopsis ii, 129-132,

133 ; iii, 99
gutta, Cynthia . . ii, 132

H.

hebridica, Diazona . ii, 160-162
hebridicus, Syntethys i, 15, 16 ; ii,

160-162

hispida, Ascidia . . iii, 97

Holothurium . . ii, 9

humilis, Cynthia . ii, 116

humilis, Styela i, 21 ; ii, 116-117
hyalina, Ascidia . . iii, 96

I.

inconspicua, Molgula i, 19 ; ii, 38-

40, 59-61

informis, Cynthia . i, 14 ; ii, 104

informis, Styela . ii, 104-105

inornata, Ascidia i, 19, 107, 108-110

intestinalis, Ascidia . i, 12, 13 ; ii,

5, 9, 11, 14, 15 ; iii, 95, 99

intestinalis, Ciona i, 11, 40 ; ii, 5,

6, 9-14, 17 ; iii, 95, 96

intestinalis, Phallusia ii, 5, 10 ;

iii, 96

L.

Iseve, Holothurium . ii, 6, 8, 9

laevis, Pelonaia . . ii, 147

larv^formis, Corella i, 19 ; ii, 28-

31, 34

leachii, Botrylloides iii, 77-79, 102

leachii, Botryllus i, 13 ; iii, 77, 102

lepadiforniis, Ascidia ii, 152 ; iii, 99

lepadiformis, Clavelina i, ] 1, 12,

32 ; ii, 65, 149, 152-154 ; iii, 87, 99

Leptoclinum M. Edic. iii, 31, 43, 86

asperum M. Edw. iii, 45-46

GENERAL INDEX.

109

PAGE

Loptoclinum durum M. Edw. iii, 46

fulo-eus M. Edw. . iii, 47-48

gelatinosnm M. Edw. iii, 48-49

listerianum M. Edw. iii, 50-51

maculosum M. Edw. . iii, 44

punctatum Forb. . iii, 49-50

limacina, Cynthia i, 14 ; ii, 92-93

lineata, Styelopsis . . ii, 133

listera, Leptoclinum . . iii, 50

listeri, Perophora i, 7, 12 ; ii, 158-

159 ; iii, 100

listerianum, Leptoclinum . i, 12 ;

iii, 50-51
lobatum, Aplidium . . iii, 18

M.

maculatmn, Leptoclinum . i, 13
maculosum, Leptoclinum . iii, 44
mauiillaris, Ascidia i, 8, 10-12, 16,
116 ; ii, 106 ; iii, 98
mamillaris, Cynthia . ii, 106, 139
mamillaris, Distomus . . ii, 106

mamillaris, Phallusia i, 8 ; ii, 107 ;

iii, 98

mamillaris, Styela . i, 30, 49 ; ii,

97-100, 102, 106-108 ; iii, 98

mamillata, Ascidia . i, 14, 28, 53,

61,72-75,78; ii, 109; iii, 91

mamillata, Phallusia i, 55, 72 ; iii, 91

morina, Bursa . . i, 10

marina, Mentula ii, 7 ; iii, 91, 93

marinus, Pulmo . iii, 25, 26

mediterranean Diazoma . ii, 160

mediterranea, Diazona . ii, 160

melleum, Aplidium . iii, 26-27

mentula, Ascidia i, 11, 26, 28, 33,

43, 45, 49, 50, 62, 66-68, 70-72,

75-80, 82, 85, 87, 95, 102, 125;

iii, 91, 92

mentula, Ascidium . . i, 76

Mentula marina informis . iii, 91
Mentula marina penem cani-

num . . . iii, 93

mentula, Phallusia i, 11, 76 ; iii, 92
microcosmus, Ascidia . . iii, 98

inicrocosmus, Cynthia i, 14 ; ii, 76,

108 ; iii, 98

PAGE

miniattis, Botryllus . iii, 76-77
Molg-ula Forb. i, 9, 19, 21, 22, 24, 31,
40, 47-49 ; ii, 35-41, 43, 53, 55
57, 65, 66

citrina A. Sf H. . ii, 62-65

complanata A. <$•. H. ii, 45-48
conchilega (0. F. Mull.}

A. 4" H. . . ii, 41-45

inconspicua A. fy H. ii, 59-61

oculata Forb. . ii, 48-49

simplex A. § H. . ii, 51-53

siph.on.ata Aid. . ii, 53-56

socialis Aid. . ii, 56-58

valvata A. $ H. . ii, 49-51

MoLGULiD^; . . . ii, 34

mollis, Ascidia . i, 19, 92-94

mollis, Glandula . . ii, 124

nionachiis, Ascidia . i, 76 ; iii, 92

monachus, Ascidium . i, 76

nionachus, Phallusia . i, 76 ; iii, 92

moniliformis, Salpa . i, 11, 12

rnora, Cynthia . . . ii, 86

rnoreus, Cynthia . . ii, 86

morei, Ascidia . ii, 126-128, 131

morus, Cynthia i, 14 ; ii, 86-89 ;

iii, 98

N.

nordmanui, Amaroucium i, 14 ; iii,

14-16, 101

normani, Ascidia i, 19, 131, 132-

136, 138

normani, Thylacium . i, 17 ; ii,

137-138

northumbrica, Styela . ii, 127-128
nutans, Aplidium i, 12 ; iii, 27-29

O.

obliqiia, Ascidia i, 17, 18, 124-125 ;

iii, 93

obscura, Styela . ii, 119-120

ocelata, Molgula . . ii, 48

ocellata, Ascidia . . ii, 11

oculata, Molgula i, 14; ii, 48-49,

50, 51

opalina, Ascidia . i, 13 ; ii, 26

opalina, Cynthia . ii, 106

110

GENERAL INDEX.

opalina, Styela
orbicularis, Ascidia

ovata, Corella .
ovata, Cynthia .

P.

Pandocia
papilla, Ascidia
papillata, Ascidia
papillata, Cynthia
papillosa, Ascidia

PAGE

ii, 108-109

i, 13, 144 ;

iii, 95

i, 19 ; ii, 31-34

i, 30 ; ii, 84-86,

iii, 97

. ii, 76
i, 12, 145
. iii, 98
. iii, 98
. iii, 98

papillosum, Amaroucitim i, 17 ; iii,

10-11

parallelogramma, Ascidia i, 13, 17 ;

ii, 25 ; iii, 96

parallelogramma, Corella i, 26, 29,

40, 46, 54, 145 ; ii, 19, 20, 22-24,,

25-28, 30, 31 ; iii, 96

Parascidia M. Edw. . iii, 18-19

flabellata Aid. . iii, 21-22

flemingii AW. iii, 20-21

forbesii Aid. . iii, 19-20

pellucida, Ascidia i, 15, 142-143 ;

iii, 94

Pelonaea . . . ii, 139

Pelonaia F. cf G. i, 13, 21, 24, 26,

30, 31, 40, 44, 48; ii, 2-4,

100, 139-145

corrugata F. Sf G. ii, 145-146

glabra F. if G. . ii, 146-147

Perophora Weigm. i, 24, 27, 33, 39,

42, 44, 56 ; ii, 155-158

listera F. $ H. . ii, 158-159

Phallusia i, 8, 64, 65 ; ii, 18, 97, 128

Phallusise Cionse . ii, 1

Pirena . . . i, 64, 140

plana, Ascidia i, 19, 33, 94-97, 100

plebeia, Ascidia i, 17, 18, 110,

117-119

POLTCLINID^; . . . iii, 1

Polyclinum Sav. i, 12 ; iii, 2, 6, 50

aurantium M. Edw. iii, 2-4

cerebriforme Aid. iii, 5-6

succineum Aid. . iii, 4—5

var. subopacvim . iii, 5

PAGE

polycyclus, Botryllus i, 13 ; iii, 71-

74, 102

Polyzona . . . . ii, 138

pomaria, Ascidia . . iii, 98

pomaria, Cynthia ii, 110; iii, 98

pomaria, Styela ii, 110-113 ; iii, 98
pomum, Amaroucium i, 17 ; iii, 16
producta, Ascidia . i, 19, 105-107
producta, Clavelina i, 16; ii, 154-

155 ; iii, 87

proliferum, Amaroucium i, 13 ; iii,
7-9, 14, 21, 100

prunum, Ascidia i, 11-13, 119, 120,
140, 142 ; iii, 94

prunum, Phallusia . . iii, 94

prunum, Pirena i, 11, 140; iii, 94
pulchella, Ascidia . i, 17 ; ii, 14
pulchella, Ciona . ii, 5, 9, 14-15

pulmonaria, Alcyonium i, 11 ; iii, 23
pulmonis, Alcyonium i, 10 ; iii, 23
pumilio, Clavelina . i, 16

punctatum, Leptoclinum i, 14 ; iii,

49-50

pusilla, Botrylloides . i, 17 ; iii, 86
pustulosa, Ascidia . i, 17; 138-140
Pyrosoma . i, 8, 53, 56, 57, 60

Q.

quadrangularis, Cynthia . i, 14 ;

ii, 105
quadrangularis, Styela ii, 1 05-106 ;

iii, 98

quintum, Alcyonium . iii, 25, 2(5
quintum, Halcyonium . iii, 25

E.

radiata, Botrylloides i, 15, 39 ; iii,

82, 102

ranuilosa, Botrylloides i, 15 ; iii, 85
Reclus marin . . . iii, 91

renieri, Polycyclus . . iii, 53

robusta, Ascidia i, 19, 80-82, 85

rosaceus, Botrylloides iii, 52, 79

rosea, Ascidia ii, 129, 132 ; iii, 92
rosea, Cynthia . i, 17 ; ii, 76-78

rotifer, Botrylloides . .iii, 83

rotifera, Botrylloides . iii, 80, 83 85

GENERAL INDEX

111

PAGE

r«>t if era, Botryllus . i, 13 ; iii, 83
rubens, Ascidia . . i, 12

rubens, Botryllus i, 15 ; iii, 62-64
ruber, Distomus . . iii, 38

rubicunda, Ascidia i, 19, 82, 83-85
rubra, Botrylloides . . iii, 79

rubra, Distoma . . iii, 38

rubra, Polyzona . . iii, 38

rubrotincta, Ascidia . i, 19, 85-88
rubruin, Botrylloides . i, 14 ; iii,

79-80

rubrum. Botryllus . . iii, 63

rubrum, Distoma i, 13 ; iii, 38-41;

101

rubruin, Synoicum . i, 12 ; iii, 38
nulis, Ascidia . 1,17,18,100-102
rugosa, Ascidia . i, 12, 145

rugosa, Pelonaia . . ii, 145

runcinata, Salpa . . i, 14

rustica, Ascidia i, 10, 11, 119; ii,
129, 131-133 ; iii, 99
rustica, Cynthia . . ii, 130

rustica, Phallusia . i, 11 ; ii, 130

S.

Sacanimal . . ii, 10 ; iii, 93

SACCOBRANCHIATA . . i, 63

Salpa . . i, 5, 6, 8, 21, 51-58

scabra, Ascidia i, 13, 21, 26, 28, 45,
49, 67, 68, 70, 128-131, 135, 138 ;

iii, 94

scabra, Phallusia . . iii, 94

schlosseri, Alcyoniuni i, 10, 11 ; iii,

54, 101

schlosseri, Botryllus i, 10, 11 ; iii,
54-62, 67, 74, 101

Sidnyum Sav. . . iii, 19, 29-30

turbinatum Sav. . iii, 30-31

Sigillina . . . iii, 30

simplex, Molgula i, 19, 31 ; ii, 37-

40, 51-53, 61 ; iii, 96

siphonalis, Molgula . . ii, 53

siphonata, Molgula i, 15 ; ii, 53-56

sniaragdus, Botryllus i, 14 ; iii,

65-68

sociabile, Tethyum . ii, 5, 7, 9
socialis, Molgula i, 17 ; Ii, 56-58

PAGE

SOLITARY . . i, 63

sordida, Ascidia i, 13, 15, 24,26, 28,

37, 38, 45, 49, 67, 69, 70, 119-122,

128, 131, 138, 145; iii, 93

sparsa, Botrylloides i, 17 ; iii, 85-86

sphffirica, Styelopsis . ii, 132-133

spinosa, Salpa . . . i, 51

squamulosa, Cynthia i, 17, 20 ; ii,

81-84 ; iii, 97

stellatus, Botryllus . i, 4, 10 ; iii,

53, 55, 71

Stycla . . . . ii, 97

Styela (Sav.) McLeay . i, 21, 24, 27,

40, 45, 46, 129, 140, 143 ; ii, 97-103

comata (Aid.) A. # H. ii, 120-

122

coriacea A. $ H. . ii, 109-110
depressa A. $ H. . ii, 126-127
fibrillata A. '$ H. . ii, 125-126
granulata Aid. . ii, 115-116
humilis A. $ H. . ii, 116-117
informis (Forb.) A. % H. ii, 104-

105
mamillaris (Gaertn.) A. $

H. . . ii, 106-108

northumbricaJ.cf'H. ii, 127-128
obscura A <$• H. . ii, 119-120
opa,lina,(Ald.)A.#H. ii, 108-109
pomaria Sav. . ii, 110-113
quadrangularis (Forb.) A.

Sc H. . . ii, 105-106

stilcatula (Aid.) A. Sf H. . ii,

113-115

txiberosa (Macg.) A. Sf H. ii,

103-104

variabilis A. & H . ii, 1 17-118
vestita (Aid.) A. Sf H. ii, 122-124
violacea (Aid.) A. Sf H. . ii, 125
Styelopsis Traust. . ii, 128-129
glomerata (Aid.) Hopk. . ii,

134-135
grossularia (Van Ben.)

Traust. . . ii, 129-132

lineata (A. $ H.) Hopk. . ii, 133
sphffirica (A ). Hopk. ii,

132-133
sublobatum, Aplidium . iii, 23

112

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE

subopacum, Polyclinum . iii, 5

succineum, Polyclinum i, 17, 18 ;

iii, 4-5

sulcatula, Cynthis . i, 17 ; ii, 113
sulcatula, Styela ii, 113-115, 116
Sydneum . . . iii, 20

sylvani, Thylacium ii, 135, 137, 138
Synoicum . . iii, 24, 30, 38

Syntethys . . ii, 159

T.

tessellata, Cynthia i, 11 ; ii, 89-92
Tethys . i, 4

Tethyum . i, 3, 4 ; ii, 5-7, 9, 15

Thylacium V. Cants i, 15 ; ii. 135-

136 ; iii, 42
aggregatum (Rathke) V.

Carus . . . ii, 136

var. niaculatnm . ii, 136

normani Aid. . .ii, 137-138

sylvani V. Cants . i, 15 ; ii, 137

variolosum (Gaertn.) A.

4" H. ii, 138-139

tnberosa, Cynthia i, 13 ; ii, 103 ;

iii, 97

tuberosa, Styela i, 22, 23, 27, 29,

30, 45, 49 ; ii, 97, 99-102, 103-

104, 115; iii, 97

tuberosum, Alcyoninm iii, 25, 26
tubularis, Ascidia . ii, 72, 97

tubularis, Cynthia . . iii, 97

tubularis, Molgula . . ii, 70

tubulosa, Molgula i, 14, 15 ; ii, 70,

71 ; iii, 97

turbinatuiu, Sidnyum i, 11, 12, 17 ;

iii, 19, 20, 30-31

turcica, Phalhisia . . ii, 28

uistise, Cynthia

U.

V.

i, 18

valvata, Molgula . ii, 49-51

variabilis, Styela i, 31 ; ii, 103, 117-

118 ; iii, 99

PAGE

variegatum, Thylacium i, 17 ; ii,

138 ; iii, 41

variolatus, Distoma ii, 138 ; iii, 41
variolosa, Polyzona i, 11 ; ii, 138 ;

iii, 41

variolosum, Didemnium . iii, 41

variolosum, Distoma ii, 138 ; iii,

40-42, 101

variolosum, Distornus . iii, 40

variolosum, Polyclinum . iii, 41

variolosum, Polyzona . . iii, 41

variolosum, Thylacium ii, 138-139;

iii, 41

variolosus, Botryllus ii, 138 ; iii, 41

i variolosus, Distoma . . iii, 41

variolosus, Distomum . . iii, 41

variolosus, Distomus . i, 10, 11 ; ii,

138 ; iii, 40

variolosus, Polyclinum . iii, 41

venosa, Ascidia i, 12, 13, 28. 29, 33,

41, 43, 45, 49, 68-70, 102-105 ;

iii, 92

verracosuni, Aplidium i, 12, 16

verrucosus, Botryllus . . iii, 56

vestita, Cynthia . i, 16 ; ii, 122

vestita, Styela . ii, 122-124

villosa, Ascidia . ii, 145

villosa, Cynthia . . ii, 97

villosa, Pelonaia . ii, 145, 146

vinosa, Botrylloides . iii, 81-82
violacea, Cynthia . i, 17 ; ii, 125
violacea, Diazona . i, 160-162 ;

iii, 100

violacea, Styela . . ii, 125

violaceum, Leptoclinum iii, 100

violaceum, Polyclinum iii, l< 0

violaceus, Botryllus i, 14 ; iii, 69-70
virescens, Ascidia i, 11 ; ii, 11, 12
virescens, Botryllus i, 15 ; iii, 64-65
virginea, Ascidia ii, 26-28 ; iii, 96
virginea, Phallusia . . ii, 26

viridescens, Ascidia . ii, 5, 10

vitrea, Ascidia i, 1-J, 144-145 ;

iii, 95, 96
vitreum, Distoma . i, 17 ; iii, 43

(113)

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA.

Vol. I, page 8, line 12, for Clavellina read Clavelina.
„ „ „ 17, lines 14 and 15, for Clavellina read Clavelina.
„ „ ,, 76, „ 1, 3, and 10, for monarchus read monachus.
„ „ „ 146, line 10 from bottom, for monarchus read monachus.

„ „ „ last line, /or Solitaria 64 read Solitarise 63.
„ II „ 9, line 7, for Plate I read Plate XXI.
,, „ „ „ „ 10 from bottom, for Pergestina read Tergestina.
., „ „ 10, lines 13 and 14 from bottom, should be transferred to Vol.

I, p. 122, Dicquemare's Sacanimal being Ciona caitina,

the Ascidia canina of this monograph.
„ „ „ 14, „ 8, for Plate I read Plate XXI.
„ „ „ 15, „ 10, „ „ II „ „ XXII.
„ „ „ 28, „ 17, /or fig. 8 read &g. 9.
„ „ „ 73, „ 18, for Plate XXVIII read Plate XXIX.
„ „ ,, 115, „ 3 from bottom, and p. 116, 1. 4, for sulcata read

sulcatula.
„ „ „ 138, Thylaciumvariolositm is again described, as Distoma vario-

losum, in Vol. Ill, p. 40. See remarks at bottom of p. 42.

For other alterations required in generic names see pp.

103-104.
„ ,, „ 160, Diazona hebridica should have been described as Diazona

violacea. See foot-note on that page and also on p. 100

of the present volume.

KAY SOCIETY

INSTITUTED 1844

FOR THE PUBLICATION OF WORKS ON
NATURAL HISTORY

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION ONE GUINEA

LIST OF THE SOCIETY

FOR THE YEAR 1911

COKKECTED TO 30iH NOVEMBEK, 1911

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.

1911-12.

THE ET. HON. LORD AVEBUEY, D.C.L., LL.D., PRES.SOC.ANT.
FOR.SEC.E.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., ETC.

S. F. HARMER, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

B. DAYDON JACKSON, PH.!)., F.L.S.
E. F. SCHARFF, PH.D., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

(Council.

EOBERT ADKIN, F.E.S. ALBERT H. JONES, Treas.E.S.

G.T.BETHUNE-BAKER, F.L.S., F.E.S. j G. B. LONGSTAFF, M.D., F.E.S.
Eev. C. E. N. BURROWS, F.E.S. J. W. S. MEIKLEJOHN, M.D., F.L.S.

T. A. CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S. A. D. MICHAEL, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Sir CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., C.B. JAMES MURRAY, F.Z.S., F.E.M.S.
Rev. ALFRED FULLER, M.A., F.E.S. CHARLES OLDHAM, F.Z.S.,M.B.O.U.

A. E. GIBBS, F.L.S., F.E.S., F.E.H.S.

C. D. SOAR, F.L.S., F.E.M.S.

d/rcasuvcr.

F. DuCANE GODMAN, D.C.L., F.E.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

JOHN HOPKINSON, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Assoc.Inst.C.E. ;
Weetwood, Watford.

LIST OF THE BAY SOCIETY.

Aberdeen University Library ; King's College, Aberdeen.

Adelaide Public Library ; Adelaide, S. Australia.

Adkin, Robert, F.E.S. ; Well field, 4 Lingards Road, he wish am,

S.E.

Adlard, Robert Evan ; Bartholomew Close, E.G.
Advocates' Library; Edinburgh.

Albany Museum ; Grahamstoivn, Cape Colony, 8. Africa.
Armstrong College ; Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Assheton, Richard, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S. ; Grantcliester,

Cambridge.

Atkenamin Club ; Pall Mall, S.W.
Australian Museum ; Sydney, New South Wales.
Avebury, The Right Hon. Lord, P.C., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.S.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., PRESIDENT; 15

Lombard Street, E.G. ; 48 Grosuenor Street, W. ; and

High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.

Baer, Joseph, & Co. ; 6 Hochstrasse, Frankfort, Germany.

Bagshaw, Walter, F.R. M.S. ; Moorfield, Birkenshaw, Bradford.

Barraud, Philip J., F.E.S. ; Bushey Heath, Watford.

Barrow-in-Furness Public Library ; Barrow-in-Furness.

Battersea Public Library; Lavender Hill, S.W.

Belfast Library ; Donegal Square, Belfast.

Bentley, Richard, F.S.A., F.L.S., F.R.Met.Soc., F.R.G.S. ;

The Mere, Upton, Slough.
Berens, A. A., M.A. ; 50 Eaton Square, S.W.
Bergens Museums Bibliotek ; Bergen, Norway.
Berlin Royal Library ; Berlin.
Berlin Royal Zoological Museum ; Berlin.
Berne Natural History Museum ; Berne, Switzerland.

6 LIST OF THE BAY SOCIETY.

Bethune-Baker, George T., F.L.S., F.E.S.; 19 Clarendon
Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

Bibliotheque Nationale ; Paris.

Binks, Mrs. I. ; 9 Burton Street, Wake-field.

Birmingham Free Libraries; Birmingham.

Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society ;
Avebury House, 55 Newhall Street, Birmingham.

Bloomfield, The Rev. E. N., M.A., F.E.S. ; Guestlhig Rectory,
Hastings.

Board of Education, Secondary Branch; Science Library,
South Kensington, S.W.

Bodleian Library ; Oxford.

Bootle Free Library ; Oriel Road, Bootle, Liverpool.

Borgesen, Dr. F. ; Botanic Library, Copenhagen.

Bostock, E. D., F.E.S. ; Holly Rouse, Stone.

Boston Public Library ; Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

Boston Society of Natural History; Berkeley Street, Boston,

Mass., U.S.A.

Bourne, T. W. ; 18 Hereford Square, S.W.
Bowles, Edward Augustus, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S. ; Ni/ddelton.

House, Waltham Cross.
Bowman, John Herbert ; Greenham Common, Neicbury.

Bradford Natural History and Microscopical Society ; Church
Institute, North Parade, Bradford.

Breslau University Library ; Breslau, Germany.
Briggs, C. A., F.E.S. ; Rock House, Lynmouth, Devon.
Briggs, T. H., M.A., F.E.S. ; Rock House, Lynmouth, Devon.

Brighton and Hove Natural History Society; Public Library,
Brighton.

Bristol Municipal Public Libraries ; Bristol.
Bristol Museum and Art Gallery ; Queen's Road, Bristol.
Bristol Naturalists' Society ; 20 Berkeley Square, Bristol.
British Museum; Bloomsburi/, W.C.

Brokenshire, Fred. R. ; 7 Hillsbjoro' Avenue, Pennsylvania,
Exeter.

Bromley Naturalists' Society; 92 London Road, Bromley,
Kent.

Buchan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, Bart., F.E.S. ; Smeaton-
Heplmrn, Prestonkirk, NJl.

LIST OP THE HAY SOCIETY. 7

Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.; Castle

Hill Hnu*e, Don r.

Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., F.E.S.; Mucl-iiuj Vicarage,
Sta nford-le-Hope, Essex.

Cambridge Philosophical Library; New Museums, Cambridge.
Cambridge University Library ; Cambridge.

Campbell, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.E.S. ; Brynllwydwyn,
Machynlleth.

Canterbury, Philosophical Institution of; Christchurch, New

Zealand.
Cardiff Free Libraries ; Cardiff.

Chapman, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ; Betula,
Reigate.

Cheltenham Natural Science Society ; Public Library and
Museum, Cheltenham.

Chester Society of Natural Science; Grosvenor Maxi'iim,
Chester.

Chicago University Library; Cliica<j<>, III., U.S.A.
Christiaiiia, University of ; Christiania, Norway.

Church, Sir William Selby, Bart., K.C.B., M.B. ; 130 Harley
Street, W.

Cleland, John, M.D., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. ; Di-muchy, Crew-
kerne.

Colgan, Nathaniel, M.R.I. A. ; 15 Breffni Terrace, S.andycove,

Co. Dublin.

Collins, The Hon. Mrs. Henn, B.Sc., F.L.S.; Culliis Farm,

Durrington, Salisbury.

Congress, Library of; Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Copenhagen University Library; Copenhagen.
Cornell University Library ; Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.
Cornwall, Royal Institution of ; Truro.

Cotton, John, M.R.C.S., F.E.S. ; Simonswood, Present Road,
St. Helens.

Cox, Benjamin Cornell; Lanjo House, Largo, Fifexhire.

Crawford, W. C. ; 1 Loc~kharton Gardens, Colinton Road,
Edinliur/jli.

Crawshay, Lionel Rutledge, M.A.(Oxon) ; Marine Biological
Laboratory, Plymouth.

Croydoii Public Libraries; Tuirn Hall, Croydon.

8 LIST OF THE BAY SOCIETY.

Dames, Felix L. ; Steglitz-Berlin.

Davies, Arthur Ellson, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.C.S. ; TweedbanJe,
irest Sarile Road, Edinburgli.

Derby Free Library and Museum ; Wardicick, Derby.
Detroit Public Library ; Detroit, Midi., U.S.A.

Devonshire, His Grace the Duke of ; Devonshire House,
Piccadilly, W., and Chatswortji, Derbyshire.

Dilks, Arthur C., B.Sc. ; Tardebigge, Bromsgrove.

Downing- College; Cambridge.

Dublin, Royal, Society; Leinster House, Dublin.

East Kent Natural History Society ; Medical Hall, Canterbvnj.

Eastwood, John E., F.E.S. ; Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalmwg.

Eddy, James Ray; The Grange, Carleton, Skipton.

Edinburgh Public Library; Edinburgh.

Edinburgh, Royal Society of; Edinburgh.

Edinburgh University Librai'y ; Edinburgli.

Eliot, Sir Charles, LL.D., K.C.M.G., C.B., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.,

Vice-Chancellor of the University of Sheffield ; End-

cliffe HoU, Enddiffe Crescent, Sheffield.

Elphinstone, Sir Howard W., Bart., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. ;
2 Stone Buildings, J/uicolu's Inn, W.C., and Struan,
Wimbledon Park, S.W.

England, Royal College of Surgeons of ; Lincoln's Inn Fields,
W.C.

Fielding, Clement, M.P.S., Ph.C. ; Clover Hill, Halifax.

FitzGerald, The Rev. H. Purefoy, M.A., F.L.sl, F.C.S. ;

Lidwells, Goudhnrst, Kent.

Fletcher, Thomas Bainbigge, R.N., F.E.S. ; Agricultural
Research Institute, Pnsa, Bengal, India.

Fletcher, W. H. B., M.A., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ; Aid trick Manor,
Bognor.

Folkestone Free Public Library and Museum ; Folkestone.
France, Institut de; Paris.

Friedlander & Sohn; 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin, N.W. 6.
Friend, The Rev. Hilderic, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. ; Wilmot Ru.nl,

Sicadlincote, Burton-upon-Trent.
Fuller, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., F.E.S. ; The Lodge, Si/denham

Hill, S.E.

LIST OF THE RAY SOCIETY. 9

Garnett, Frank W., M.R.C.Y.S.; Dalegarth, Wiudermere.
Gascoigne, Major French ; Lotherton Hail, Aberford, Leech-.
Geological Society of London; Burlington House, Piccadilly, W.
Gernld A: Co.; Vienna.
Gibbs, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S., Hon. Sec.

Herts Nat. Hist. Soc. ; Kitchener's Mead*, St. Allans.
Gibson, Miss; Hill House, Saffron Walden.

Giles, Harry M., F.E.S. ; Zoological Society, South Perth,

Western Australia.

Glasgow Natural History Society ; 207 Bath Street, Glasgow.
Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society of; 207 Bath Street,

Glasgow.

Glasgow University Press; Glasgow.
Godman, F. DuCane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,

F.E.S., F.R.H.S., TKEASUEEK ; 45 Pont Street, Belgrave

Square, S.W. : and South Lodge, Horsham.
Gooding, Henry Cornish; Ipswich Street, Stowmarket.
Gottingen University Library; Gottingen, Germany.
Green, E. Ernest, F.E.S., Government Entomologist; Royal

Botanic Gardens, Ptraaeniya, Ceylon.
Grosvenor Public Library; Buffalo, N.Y., U.S.A.
Guille-Alles Library; Guernsey.

Guitel, Frederic, Professeur de Zoologie a la Faculte des

Sciences ; Universite de Eennes, France.
Gurney, Robert, F.Z.S. ; Ingliam Old Hall, Stalliani.

Haileybury College ; Hertford.
Halifax Public Library; Belle View, Halifax.
Hardy, Alfred Douglas, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.; State Forests De-
partment, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

Harley, John, M.D., F.R.C.P., F.L.S. ; Seeding*, P-ulboroitgli,

Sussex.

Harmer, Sidney F., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of Zoology,
British Museum, VICE-PEESJDEKT ; British Museum (Nat.
Hist.) Cromwell Road, S.W., and 58 Albemarle Eoad,
Beclcenham.

Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology ; Cambridge,

Mass., U.S.A.
Hastings and St. Leonard's Natural Histoiy Society; The

Museum, Hastings.

10 LIST OF THE RAY SOCIETY.

Heidelberg University Library ; Hetdelbi'ry, Germany.
Hertfordshire County Museum ; Hatfield Road, St. Alban*.
Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club ;

House, Watford.
Hewitt, David Basil, F.R. C.S.I.; Grore Mount, Daveriham.
Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, G.C.S.I., C.B., M.D., D.C.L.,

LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.; The Camp,

Sunningdale, Ascot.

Hope, G. P. ; Ha ri' ring Grange, Romford.

Hopkinson, John, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., F.R.Met.

Soc., Assoc.Inst.C.E., SECRETARY; Weeticood, Watj'onl.

Huddersfield Naturalist and Photographic Society ; The
Technical College, Iluddersfield.

Hull Public Libraries ; Hull.

India, Geological Survey of; Calcutta.

Ireland, National Library of ; Kildare Street, Dublin.

Irish, Royal, Academy; 19 Dawsou Street, Dublin.

Jackson, B. Day don, F.L.S., General Secretary of theLinnean
Society, VICE-PRESIDENT; 21 Cautlei/ Avenue, Clapham
Coin mini, S.W.

James, Robert Denley, F.A.I. (Natal), F.R.M.S. ; Earl's
Croomr, Durban, Natal (P.O. fio.r, 212).

John Crerer Library ; Chicago, III., U.S.A.

Jones, Albert H., F.E.S. ; 8hrnUan.<ls, Eltharn.

Jones, William Llewellyn, F.R.M.S. ; Manley Knoll, Helsby,

Warrington.
Junk, W. ; 201 Knrfurstendamm, Berlin, W. 15.

Kappel, August Wilhelm, F.L.S., F.E.S., Librarian of the
Linnean Society; Creeveroe, Golder's Green, N.W.

Kenrick, Sir G. H., F.E.S. ; Whetstone, Somerset Road,

Edgbaston, Birmingham .
Kiel University Library; Kiel, Germany.

Kilmarnock Public Library and Museum ; Kilmarnock, N.B.
King's Inn Librai'y ; Dublin.
Knight, H. H. ; The Lodge, All Sai)it.y} Road, Cheltenham.

Laver, Henry, M.R.C.S. ; 43 Head Street, Colchester.

Lebour, Miss Marie V., M.Sc. ; Baddiffe House, Corbridge,
Northumberland.

LIST OF THE RAY SOCIETY. 1 1

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society ; The Museum,

Leeds Public Free Libraries ; Leed*.

Leeds University Library ; Leeds.

Leicester Free Public Library; Wellington Street, Leicester.

Lewis, John Spedan, F.Z.S. ; Spedan Tower, West Heath,
Hampstead, N.W., and 278-288 Oxford Street, W.

Linneaii Society of London; Burlington House, Piccadilly, W.
Liverpool Athemeum ; Liverpool.

Liverpool Biological Society; I'uirtrxitij College, Lirerpool,
and Port Erin Biological Station, Isle of Man.

Liverpool Free Public Libraries ; Liverpool.

Liverpool Microscopical Society; Royal Institution, Liver pool.

Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine; Exchange Buildings,

Liverpool.

London Institution ; Finxhnry Circus, E.G.
London Library; 12 St. James's Square, S.W.

Long-staff, George Blundell, M.A., M.D., F.C.S., F.S.S. ;
Highlands, Putney Heath, S.W., and Tiritclien, Morthor,
Devon.

Los Angeles Public Library; California, U.S.A.
Lyou Universite Bibliotheque ; Lyons, France.

Mclntosh, W. Carmichael, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.L.&E., F.L.S.,
Professor of Natural History, University of St. Andrews;
2 Abbotsford Crescent, St. Andrews, N.B.

McMillan, William Singer, F.L.S. ; Ardenholm, Maghull,

Liverpool.

Magdalen College; Oxford.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society ; 36 George
Street, Manchester.

Manchester Microscopical Society ; 397 Cheetham Hill Road,
Manchester.

Manchester Public Free Libraries; Manchester.
Marlborough College Natural History Society; MaiiborongJi.
Massey, W. H. ; Twyford, Berks.

Meiklejohn, John William S., M.D., F.L.S. ; 105 Holland
Iload, Kensington, W.

Melbourne Public Library; Melbourne, Australia.

Mennell, Henry Tuke, F.L.S. ; 10 St. Dunstan's
Great Tower Street, E.G.

12 LIST OF THE BAY SOCIETY.

Merriinan, Gordon, F.Z.S., F.E.S. ; Quick Laboratory, New
Museums, Cambridge.

Michael, Albert Davidson, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., F.E.H.S. ;
The Warren, • Studland, Warehani.

Middlesbrough Free Libraries; Middlesbrough.
Mitchell Library; 21 Miller Street, Glasgow.
Moore, Henry; 12 Whiston Grove, Rotherham.

Morey, Frank, F.L.S.; Wolverton, Carisbrooke Eoad, Newport,
Isle of Wight.

Morgan, Ralph ; 9 Clifton Hill, Exeter.

Moulton, J. C., F.E.S.; Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo.

Munich Royal Library ; Munich, Germany.

Murray, James, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. ; Wuodkome, Edgware,
Middlesex.

Museum d'Histoire Naturelle ; Paris.

Nebraska University Library ; Lincoln, Neb., U.S.A.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne Literary and Philosophical Society ;
Westgate Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne Public Library; Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
New South Wales, Public Library of; Sydney, N.K.W.
New South Wales, Royal Society of; Sydney, N.8.W.
Newstead, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., F.E.S., Hon.F.R.H.S.,

Button Memorial Professor of Entomology; School of

Tropical Medicine, The University, Liverpool.
New York Public Library; New York, U.S.A.
New York State Library; Albany, N.Y., U.S.A.
Nicholson, Charles; Lansdowne House, Morley Street, Bradford.
Niemeyer, Dr. Max, Halle a Saale 1, Germany.
Noble, Sir Andrew, Bart., K.C.B., D.Sc.,D.C.L.,F.R.S.,F.C.S.,

F.R.A.S. ; Jesmond Dene Hou*e, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Norfolk and Norwich Library ; Norwich.
Norman, The Rev. A. Merle, M.A.,D.C.L.,LL.D.,F.R.S.,F.L.S.,

Hon. Canon of Durham ; The Red House, Berkltamsted.
Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne Natural

History Society; Hancock Museum, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
North Staffordshire Field Club ; Stone.
Norwich Free Library ; Norwich.
Nottingham Free Public Libraries; Nottingham.

LIST OF THE BAY SOCIETY. ] 3

OKamura, Prof. K. ; 4 Nichom', Ushigome, ISh-in-ogawamachi,

Tukyo, Japan.
Okf, Alfred William, F.L.S., F.G.S. ; 32 Denmark Villn*,

Hoce, Brighton.

Oldham, Charles, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., Hon. Sec. Herts Nat.
Hist. Soc. ; Kelvin, Berkliamsted.

Ontario Agricultural College ; Giielph, Canada.
Otago, University of ; Dunedin, New Zealand.
Owens College (Christie Library) ; Manchester.

Pack-Beresford, Denis R., D.L., B.A., M.R.I. A. ; Fenagh,

Bagenalstown, Co. Carlow, Ireland.

Paisley Philosophical Institution; 3 County Place, Paisley.
Peabody Institute ; Baltimore, Maryland, U.S.A.

Perthshire Society of Natural Science; Tay Street, Perth.

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; Philadelphia,
Pa., U.S.A.

Pickard-Cambridge, The Rev. 0., M.A., F.R.S.; Bloxworth
Rectory, Wareham.

Plowman, T. ; Nystuen Lodge, Bycullah Park, Enfield.

Plymouth Institution ; Athenteuiii, Plymouth.

Portsmouth Free Public Library ; Town Hall, Portsuiontlt.

Poulton, Edward B., M.A., Sc.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.G.S., F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology, University of
Oxford; Wylceham House, Oxford.

Preston Free Public Libraries and Museum; Preston.

Quaritch, Bernard ; 1 1 Graf ton Street, Bond Street, W.
Queen's University ; Belfast.

Quekett Microscopical Club ; 20 Hanover Square, W.
Quelch, William Paul; 15 Shakespeare Road, Hanwell, W.

Radcliffe Library ; Museum, Oxford.
Rashleigh, Evelyn William; Stoketon, Saltasli.

Ripon, The Most Hon. the Marquis of, K.C.V.O. ; 9 Chelsea
Embankment, S.W., and Studley Royal, Ripon.

Robertson, James Alexander; Lune View, Fleetu-ood.
Rotherham Naturalists' Society; 6 Whiston Grove, Rotherham.

Rothschild, The Hon. Lionel Walter, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., Pres. Herts Nat. Hist. Soc. ; Tring Park, Tring.

14 LIST OF THE KAY SOCIETY.

Royal Academy of Sciences ; Amsterdam.

Royal Academy of Sciences ; Stockholm, Sweden.

Royal College of Science ; Dublin.

Royal Institution of Great Britain ; Albemarle Street, W.

Royal Microscopical Society ; 20 Hanover Square, W.

Royal Society ; Burlington House, Piccadilly, W.

Royers, H. ; 12 Humboldtstrasse, Elberfdd, Germany.

St. Albans Public Library ; St. Allans.

St. Andrews University Library ; St. Andrews, N.B.

St. Catharine's College ; Cambridge.

Salford Free Museum and Libraries ; Peel Park, Salford,
Manchester.

Salisbury Microscopical Society; 14 Wyndham Terrace,
Salisbury.

Scharff, Robert Francis, Ph.D., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., VICE-
PRESIDENT ; Tudor House, Dundrum, co. Dublin.

Schmidle, Prof. W. ; Villa Hansagarten, Konstang, Badm,

Germany.

Schmidt, Max,, Ph.D. ; 95 iv Eppendorfer, Landatrasse, Ham-
burg.

Scottish, Royal, Museum; Edinburgh.
Seoul-field, David Joseph, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.; 63 Queen's Road,

Leytonstone, N.B.

Sears, R. S. Wilson; 1 Lisson (rroi-c, Marylebone, N.W.
Selborne Society ; 42 Bloomsbury Square, W.C.
Sheffield Literary and Philosophical Society ; Leopold 'Street,

Sheffield.

Sidney-Sussex College ; Cambridge.
Sion College Library; Victoria Embankment, E.G.
Soar, Charles David, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. ; 37 Dnjbnrgh Road,

Putney, S.W.
Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society;

The Castle, Taunton.
Southport Free Library ; So-nthport.
Spicer, Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.; 14 Aberdeen Park,

Highbury, N.
Sprague, T. B., M.A., LL.D. ; 29 Buckingham Terrace,

Edinburgh.
Stazione Zoologica ; Naples.

LIST OF THE RAY SOCIETY. 15

Stechort, (I. E. : 2 Star Yard, Carey Street, W.C.
Stoke Newington Public Libraries ; Church Street, N.
Storey, J. E. : 26 Grosvenor Road, Whalley Range, Manchester.
Sunderland Library and Literary Society ; Fan-cett Street,
Sunderland.

Taverner, Henry, F.R.M.S. ; 319 Seven Sisters' Road, Finslmry

Park, N.

Terry, Charles ; Fox] nil Grove, Bath.
Tilling, George, F.R.M.S.; Grasmere, Rydal Road, Streatlwnt,

S.W.
Tiiulall, William B. ; 39 St. Mary Street, and 1315 Trader*

Bank Buildings, Toronto, Canada.
Toronto, University of ; Toronto, Canada.
Torquay Natural History Society; Museum, Babbacombe Road,

Torquay.

Trinity College ; Cambridge.
Trinity College ; Dublin.
Troiidhjem, Royal Library of; Trondhjem, Noway.

Tupman, Lt.-Col. George Lyon, F.G.S., F.Z.S., F.R.A.S.,

F.R.M.S. ; Hillfoot Observatory, College Road, Harrow.
Turner, Charles ; 20 Minster Road, Cricklewood, N.W.

University College ; Cork.

University College, London ; Goiver Street, W.C.

Upsala University Library; Upsala, Sweden.

Victoria Institute ; Worcester.

Wailes, George Herbert, F.L.S. ; 541 West 124-th Street, New

York.

Walker, Alfred 0., F.L.S., F.Z.S. ; Ulcombe Place, Maidstone.
Walsingliam, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ; Merton Hall, Thetford.
Warrington Municipal Museum ; Warrlngton.
Warwickshire Natural History and Archreological Society;

10, High Street, Warwick.
Webb, Wilfred Mark, F.L.S., Hon. Sec. Selborne Society ;

Odstock, Hamcell, W., and 42 Bloomsbury Square, W.C.
Weg, Max; 1 Lp.play straps, Leipzig.
Weigel, Oswald; 1 Konigstrasse, Leipzig.

16 LIST OF THB RAY SOCIETY.

Wesley, E. F., A.K.C.; 28 Essex Street, Strand, W.C.

West Kent Natural History Society ; 42 Shooter's Hill Road,
Blackheath, S.E.

West Riding of Yorkshire Rivers Board ; Wdkefield.
West, William, F.L.S. ; 26 Woodville Terrace, Bradford.
Whittle, F. G. ; 3 Marine Avenue, SoutJiend-on-Sea.
Williamson, William; 9 Plewlands Terrace, Edinburgh.

Wilson, Joseph, F.R.M.S. ; Hillside, Avon Road, Upper

Walthamstow, N.E.

Wood, J. H., M.B. ; Tarrington, Ledlninj.
Worssam, Cecil ; Hillside, St. Albans.

Yale University Library ; New Haven, U.S.A.
Yorkshire Philosophical Society ; Museum, York.

Zoological Society of London; Regent's Park, N.W.

The Advocate's Library, Edinburgh ; the Bodleian Library, Oxford ; the
British Museum ; Cambridge University Library ; and Trinity College,
Dublin, entered in the List, receive the Society's publications in accordance
with the Copyright Act.

GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY.

(Beyond the limits of the London Postal District.}

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

ENGLAND.

BERKSHIRE.

Ascot— Hooker, Sir J. D. 2%/onZ— Massey, W. H.

Newbury — Bowman, J. H.

BUCKINGHAMSHIRE.
Sloitgh — Bentley, E.

CAMBRIDGESHIRE.

(.'mnbridge — Assheton, E. Cambridge — Sidney-Sussex Col-
— Downing College. lege.

Merriuiau, Gr. — Trinity College.

Philosophical Library. — University Library.

— St. Catherine's College.

CHESHIRE.

CJi ester — Society of Natural Helsby — Joues, W. L.
Science. Northwich — Hewitt, D. B.

CORNWALL.

Xnltcish — Eashleigh, E. W. Truro — Eoyal Institution of

Cornwall.

DERBYSHIRE.

Chatsworth — Devonshire, Duke Derby — Free Library and

of. Museum.

DEVONSHIRE.

Exeter — Brokenshire, F. E. Plymouth— Crawshay, L. E.

- Morgan, E. - Plymouth Institution.

Lynmouth — Briggs, C. A. Torquay — Natural History So-

— Briggs, T. H. ciety.
Mortehoe — Longstaff, G. B.

DORSETSHIRE.

WareJiam — Michael, A. D. Wareham — Pick arc! -Cambridge,

Eev. O. P.

DURHAM.
Svmderland — Library and Literary Society.

18

GEOGEAPHICAL LIST OP THE SOCIETY.

ESSEX.

Colchester — Laver, H. Stanford - le - Hope - - Burrows,

Romford— Hope, G. Rev.,C. R. N.

Saffron Wai den — Gibson, Miss. Woodford — Harrison, A.
Southend— Whittle, F. G.

GLOUCESTERSHIRE.

Bristol — Museum. Cheltenham — Knight, H. H.

- Naturalists' Society. - Natural Science Society.

- Public Library.

HAMPSHIRE.
Neivport, I.W. — Morey, F. Portsmouth — Free Public Library.

HEREFORDSHIRE.
Ledbury — Wood, J. H.

HERTFORDSHIRE.

Berkhamsted - - Norman, Rev. St. Albans — Worssam, C.
A. M. Tring— Rothschild, Hon. W.

WaMham Cross — Bowles, E. A.

- Oldham, C.
Hertford — Haileybury College.
St. Albans— Gcilobs, A. E.

- Herts County Museum.
— Public Library.

Watford— Barraud, P. J.

— Hertfordshire Natural

History Society.
Hopkinson, J.

KENT.

BecJcenham — Harmer, Dr. S. F. Farnborough — Avebury, Lord.

Bromley — Naturalists' Society. Folkestone — Free Public Library
Canterbury — East Kent Natural and Museum.

History Society. Goudhurst — Fitzgerald, Rev. H.
Dover— Burr, Dr. M. P.

Eltham — Jones, A. H. Maid-stone — Walker, A. 0.

LANCASHIRE.

Barrow-in-Furness — Public Lib-
rary.

Fleetwood — Robertson, J. A.
Liverpool — Biological Society.
Bootle Free Library.

- Free Public Libraries.

- Liverpool Athenaeum.

- Macmillan, W. S.

- Microscopical Society.

- Newstead, R.

School of Tropical Medi-
cine.

Manchester — Literary and Philo-
sophical Society.

So-

Manchester — Microscopical
ciety.

- Owens College.

- Public Free Libraries.

- Salford Free Museum

and Libraries.

- Storey, J. E.

Preston — Free Public Libraries
and Museum.

St. Helens — Cotton, J.

Southport — Free Library.

Warrington - - Municipal Mu-
seum.

(iHOGRAPlHCAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY. 19

LEICESTERSHIRE.
Leicester — Free Public Library.

MIDDLESEX.

re— Murray, J. Harrow — Tupmau, Lt.-Col. G. L.

Enfield — Plowman, T.

NORFOLK.
Norwich — Foster, C. Norwich — Free Library.

- Norfolk and Norwich Stalham — Gurney, E.
Library. Thetford — Walsingliam, Lord.

NORTHUMBERLAND.
Corbridge—Ijebow, Miss M. V. Newcastle- upon -Tyrie - - Noble,

Newcastle - upon - Tyne - - Arm- Sir A.

strong College. - Northumberland Natu-

Literary and Philosophi- ral History Society.

cal Society. " - Public Library.

NOTTINGHAMSHIRE.
Nottingham — Free Public Libraries.

OXFORDSHIRE.

Oxford —Bodleian Library. Oxford — Poultou, Prof. E. B.
Magdalen College. — Eadcliffe Library.

SOMERSETSHIRE.

Crewkerne— Cleland, Dr. J. Tauntou— Somersetshire Natural

History Society.

STAFFORDSHIRE.
Burton - upon - Trent - Friend, Stone - North Staffordshire

Eev. H. Field Club.

Stone— Bostock, E. D.

SUFFOLK.
Stow market — G-ooding, H. C.

SURREY.

Croydon— Public Libraries. Eeigate — Chapman, Dr. T. A.

Godalming — Eastwood, J. E.

SUSSEX.

Bognor — Fletcher, W. H. B. Hastings — Natural History So-

Brighton — Natural History So- ciety.

ciety. Horsham — Grodmau, Dr. F. D.

Oke, A. W. Pulborough—Rsaclej, Dr. J.

Hastings — Bloomfield, Rev. E . N.

WARWICKSHIRE.
Birmingham — Bethune- Baker, Birmingham — Natural History

G-. T. Society.

- Free Libraries. Warwick — Natural History So-
Keurick, Sir G. H. ciety.

20 GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY.

WESTMORELAND.
Winder mere — G-aruett, F. W.

WILTSHIRE.

Marlborougli — College Natural Salisbury— Collins, "Hon. Mrs. H.
History Society. - Microscopical Society.

WORCESTERSHIRE.
liromsgrove — Dilks, A. C. Worcester— Victoria Institute.

YORKSHIRE.

Bradford — Bagsliaw, W. Middlesbrough — Free Libraries.

Natural History and Ripon — Eipon, Marquis of.

Microscopical Society. Rotkerham—'M.oore, H.
Nicholson, C. - Naturalists' Society.

West, W. Sheffield— Eliot, Sir C.

Halifax— Fielding, C. - Literary and Philosophi-

- Public Library. cal Society.
Huddersfield - - Naturalist and SMpton—Ed.6Ly, J. E.

Photographic Society. Wakefield— Sinks, Mrs. I.

Hull— Public Libraries. - West Eiding Bivers

Leeds — G-ascoigne, Major F. Board.

Philosophical Society. York— Yorkshire Philosophical

- Public Free Libraries. Society.

- University Library.

WALES.

GLAMORGANSHIRE.
Cardiff — Free Libraries.

MONTGOMERYSHIRE.
HacliynUeth— Campbell, F. M.

SCOTLAND.

ABERDEENSHIRE.

Aberdeen — University Library.

AYRSHIRE.
Kilmarnock — Public Library and Museum.

EDINBURGHSHIRE.
Edinburgh — Advocates' Library. Edinburgh— Eoyal Scottish Mu-

- Crawford, W. C. seuin.

- Davies, Dr. A. E. — Sprague, Dr. T. B.
Public Library. - University Library.

- Eoyal Society. - Williamson, W.

FlFESHIRE.

Largo— Cox, B. C. St. Andrews— University Li-

St. Andrews — Mclntosh, Prof. brary
W. C.

GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF T1IK SOCIETY. 21

HADDINGTONSHIRE.
Prestonkirk — Buchan-Hepbuni, Sir A.

LANARKSHIRE.
Glasgoiv— Mitchell Library. Glasgoiv — Eoyal Philosophical

Natural History Society. Society.

University Library.

PERTHSHIRE.
Perth — Pei'thshire Society of Natural Science.

RENFREWSHIRE.
Paisley — Philosophical Institution.

IEELAND.

ANTRIM.
Belfast — Belfast Library. Belfast — Queen's University.

CARLOW.
Bayenalstown — Pack-Beresford, D. E.

CORK.

Corlc — Uuiversitv College.

v O

DUBLIN.
Dublin— King's Inn Library. Dublin— Eoyal Irish Academy.

— National Library of Ire- Trinity College.

land. Dundrum— Scharif, Dr. E. F.

Eoyal College of Science. Sandycove — Colgan, N.

Eoyal Dublin Society.

ISLE OF MAN.
Port Erin — Biological Station.

CHANNEL ISLANDS.

Guernsey — Gruille-Alles Library.

BRITISH POSSESSIONS.

AFRICA, SOUTH.

CAPE COLONY.
Grali a mstown — Albany Museum .

NATAL.
Durban — James, E. D.

ASIA.

BORNEO.

Sarawak — Moulton, J. C.

22 GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY.

AUSTRALIA.

NEW SOUTH WALES.

Sydney — Australian Museum. Sydney— 7Royal Society of New

Public Library of New South Wales.

South Wales.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Adelaide — Public Library.

VICTORIA.
Melbourne — Hardy, A. D. Melbourne — Public Library.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
South Perth—Giles, H. M.

CANADA.

ONTARIO.

Gnelpli — Ontario Agricultural Toronto — Tiudall, W. B.
College. - University.

CEYLON.

Peradeniya — Green, E. E.

INDIA.

Calcutta — Geological Survey of India.

NEW ZEALAND.

Christchurch — Philosophical In- Vanedin — University of Otago.
stitution of Canterbury.

FOREIGN COUNTRIES.

AMERICA, UNITED STATES OF.

CALIFORNIA.
Los Angeles — Public Library.

COLUMBIA, DISTRICT OF.
Washington— Library of Congress.

ILLINOIS.
Chicago — John Crerer Library. Chicago — University Library.

MARYLAND.
Baltimore — Peabody Institute.

MASSACHUSETTS.

Boston — Public Library. Cambridge — Harvard Museum of

- Society of Natural His- Comparative Zoology,
tory.

UKOGRAPH1CAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY. 23

MICHIGAN.
Detroit — Public Library.

NEBRASKA.
Lincoln — Nebraska University.

NEW HAVEN.
Yale — University Library.

NEW YORK.

Albany — NewYorkStateLibrary. Ithaca — Cornell University.
Buffalo — Grosvenor Public Lib- New York — Public Library.
rary. - Wailes, Gr. H.

PENNSYLVANIA.
Philadelphia — Academy of Natural Sciences.

AUSTEIA.

Vienna — Grerold & Co.

DENMARK.

Copenhagen — Borgesen, Dr. F. Copenhagen — University Library.

FRANCE.

Lyons — Lyon Universite Biblio- Paris — Museum d'Histoire Na-

theque. turelle.

Paris — Bibliotheque Nationale. Rennes — Guitel, F.
— Iiistitut de France.

GERMANY.

Baden— Schmidle, Prof. W. Frankfort— Baer & Co.

Berlin — Dames, F. L. Gottingen — University Library.

- Friedliinder & Sohn. Halle a Saale — Niemeyer, Dr. M.

- Junk, W. Hamburg — Schmidt, Dr. M.

- Royal Library. Heidelberg — University Library.

- Royal Zoological Kiel — University Library.
Museum. Leipzig — Weg, M.

Breslau— University Library. — Weigel, O.

Elberfeld — Royers, H. Munich — Royal Library.

ITALY.

Naples — Stazione Zoologica.

JAPAN.
Tokyo — OKamura, Prof. K.

NETHERLANDS.

Amsterdam — Royal Academy of Sciences.

24 GEOGEAPHICAL LIST OF THE SOCIETY.

NORWAY.

Bercjen— Museums Bibliotek. Trondhjem— Eoyal Library.

Christiana — University.

SWEDEN.
Stockholm — Eoyal Academy of Z7jp«aZa— University Library.

Vv/ii /"\i-» /-n-ii-t if v

Sciences.

SWITZERLAND.

-Berne — Natural History Museum.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

or THE

RAY SOCIETY.

For the First Year, 1844.

1. Reports on tlie Progress of Zoology and Botany, 1841,
1842. viii + 496 + xx pp. 8vo. 1845.

The State of Zoology in Europe, as regards the Vertebrata. By
C. L. BONAPARTE. Transl. by H. E. STRICKLAND, pp. 1-44.

The Progress of Zoology in 1842. Transl. from the German by W. B.
MACDONALD. pp. 1-348.

The Progress of Physiological Botany in 1841. By H. F. LINK.
Transl. by EDWIN LANKESTER. pp. 1-104. Index, pp. i-xx.

2. A Monograph of the British Niidibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part I. x -f 20 pp.,
10 plates. Folio. 1845.

3. Memorials of JOHN RAY, consisting of his Life by Dr.
DERHAM ; . . . with his Itineraries, etc. Edited by EDWIN
LANKESTER. xii + 220 pp. 8vo. 1846.

For tlie Second Year, 1845.

4. On the Alternation of Generations. By J. J. S. STEEN-
STRUP. Transl. from the German version of C. H. LORENZEN
by GEORGE BUSK, viii + 132 pp., 3 plates. 8vo. 1845.

5. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part II. iv + 34 pp.,
13 plates. Folio. 1846.

6. Reports and Papers on Botany, viii + 494 pp., 7 plates.

8vo. 1846.

On the Morphology of the Coniferse. By J. J. ZUCCARINI. Transl.
by GEORGE BUSK. pp. 1-54, 441-444, pis. i-v.

Report on Botanical Geography, 1842. By A. GRISEBACH. Transl.
by W. B. MACDONALD. pp. 55-2 L2.

Memoir on the Nuclei, Formation, and Growth of Vegetable Cells.
By CARL NAGELI. Trausl. by ARTHUR HENFRET. pp. 213-292, 445-
459, pis. vi, vii.

Eeport on Physiological Botany, 1842 and 1843. By H. F. LINK.
Transl. by J. HUDSON, pp. 293-440. Index pp. 461-494.

Z PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOCIETY.

For the Third Year, 1846.

7. Outlines of the Geography of Plants. By F. J. F.
MEYEN. Transl. by MARGARET JOHNSTON, x + 422 pp., 1
plate. 8vo. 1846.

8. The Organization of Trilobites. By HERMANN BURMEISTER.
Edited by THOMAS BELL and EDWARD FORBES, xii + 136 pp.,
6 plates. Folio. 1846.

9. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part III. iv + 30
pp., 12 plates. Folio. 1847.

For the Fourth Year, 1847.

10. Elements of Physiophilosophy. By LORENZ OKEN. From
the German by ALFRED TULK. xx + 666 pp. 8vo. 1847.

11. Keports on Zoology for 1843, 1844. Transl. from the
German by GEORGE BOSK, ALFRED TULK, and A. H. HALIDAY.
viii + 596 pp. 8vo. 1847.

Progress of Zoology in 1843. pp. 1-232.

1844. pp. 233-564.
Index, pp. 565-596.

12. A Monograph of the British Naked-eyed Medusas. By
EDWARD FORBES, viii + 104 pp., 13 plates. Folio. 1848.

For the Fifth Year, 1848.

13. Bibliographia Zoologia3 et Geologias. A Gener-al Cata-
logue of all Books, Tracts, and Memoirs on Zoology and
Geology. By Louis AGASSIZ. Edited by H. E. STRICKLAND.
Vol. I. Periodicals, and A-B. xxvi + 506 pp. 8vo.
1848.

14. The Correspondence of JOHN RAY. Edited by EDWIN
LANKESTER. xvi + 502 pp., 2 plates. 8vo. 1848.

15. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part IV. iv +
28 pp., 12 plates. Folio. 1848.

For the Sixth Year, 1849.

16. Reports and Papers on Botany. Edited by ARTHUR
HENFREY. viii + 514 pp., 3 plates. 8vo. 1849.

On the Structure of the Palin-stem. By H. TON MOHL. pp. 1-92,
495, pi. i.

On the Nuclei, Formation, and Growth of Vegetable Cells. By CARL
NAGELI. Part II. pp. 93-158, 495-502, pis. ii, iii.

On the Utriciilar Structures in the Contents of Cells. By CAKL
NAGELI. pp. 159-190.

Eeport on Physiological Botany for 1844 and 1845. By H. T. LINK.
pp. 191-314.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOC'IKTY. 3

Report on Geographical Botany for 1844. By A. GRISEBACH. pp.
315-414.

Report on Geographical and Systematic Botany for 1845. By A.
GRISEBACH. pp. 415-494.

17. The Natural History of the British Entomostraca. By
\V. BAIRD. viii 4 364 pp., 36 plates. 8vo. 1850.

For the Seventh Year, 1850.

18. BibliogTaphia Zoologia? et Geologia?. A General Cata-
logue of all Books, Tracts, and Memoirs on Zoology and
Geology. By Louis AGASSIZ. Edited by H. E. STRICKLAND.
Vol. 11. C-F. iv 4- 492 pp. 8vo. 1850.

19. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part V. iv 4- 62
pp., 16 plates. Folio. 1851.

For the Eighth Year, 1851.

20. The British Species of Angiocarpous Lichens, elucidated
by their Sporidia. By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON. vi 4- 102
pp., 30 plates. 8vo. 1851.

21. A Monograph of the Sub-class Cirripedia. By CHARLES
DARWIN. The Lepadidte, or Pedunculated Cirripedes. xii 4-
400 pp., 10 plates. 8vo. 1851.

For the Ninth Year, 1852.

22. Bibliographia Zoologia? et Geologic. A General Cata-
logue of all Books, Tracts, and Memoirs on Zoology and
Geology- By Louis AGASSIZ. Edited by H. E. STRICKLAND.
Vol. 111. G-M. vi+658pp. 8vo. 3852.

23. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part VI. iv 4 62
pp., 12 plates. Folio. 1852.

For the Tenth Year, 1853.

24. Botanical and Physiological Memoirs. Edited by ARTHUR
HENFREY. xvi 4- 568 pp., 6 plates. 8vo. 1853.

The Phenomenon of Rejuvenescence in Nature. By ALEXANDER
BRAUN. pp. vii-xxvi, 1-342, pis. i-v.

The Animal Nature of Diatomese. By G. MENIGHINI. pp. 343-514.

The Natural History of Protococcus pluvialis. By FERDINAND COHN.
pp. 515-564, pi. vi.

25. A Monograph of the Sub-class Cirripedia. By CHARLES
DARWIN. The Balanidas, the Verrucidae, etc. viii + 684 ppt>
30 plates. 8vo. 1854.

4 PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOCIETY.

For the Eleventh Year, 1854.

26. Bibliographia Zoologias et Geologic. A General Cata-
logue of all Books, Tracts, and Memoirs on Zoology and
Geology. By Louis AGASSIZ. Edited by H. E. STRICKLAND.
Vol. IV. N-Z. vi + 604 pp. 8vo. 1854.

For the Twelfth Year, 1855.

27. A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
By JOSHUA ALDER and ALBANY HANCOCK. Part VII. vi + 54
4- 40 + xlvi pp., 9 plates. Folio. 1855.

For the Thirteenth Year, 1856.

28. A Monograph of the Fresh-water Polyzoa, including all
the known species, both British and Foreign. By GKOI;<;I<;
JAMES ALLMAN. viii + 122 + 22 pp., 11 plates. Folio. 1856

[1857].

For the Fourteenth Year, 1857.

29. The Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. By WILLIAM
CRAWFORD WILLIAMSON. xx + 108 pp., 7 plates. Folio.
1858.

For the Fifteenth Year, 1858.

30. The Oceanic Hydrozoa ; a Description of the Calyco-
phoridfe and Physophorida?. . . . By THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY.
x + 144 + 24 pp., 12 plates. Folio. 1859.

For the Sixteenth Year, 1859.

31. A History of the Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland.
By JOHN BLACKWALL. [Part I.] vi + 174 + 24 pp., 12
plates. Folio. 1861.

For the Seventeenth Year, 1860.

32. Introduction, to the Study of the Foraminifera. By
WILLIAM B. CARPENTER, assisted by WILLIAM K. PARKER and
T. RUPERT JONES, xxii + 320 4- 44 pp., 22 plates. Folio.
1862.

For the Eighteenth Year, 1861.

33. On the Germination, Development, and Fructification of
the Higher Cryptogamia, and on the Fructification of the
Conifers. By WILHELM HOFMEISTER. Transl. by FREDERICK
CURREY. xviii + 506 pp., 65 plates. 8vo. 1862.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOCIETY. 5

For the Nineteenth Year, 1862.

34. A History of the Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland.
By JOHN BLACKWALL. Part II. iv + 210 (175-384) + 34
pp., 17 plates. Folio. 1864.

For the Twentieth Tear, 1863.

35. The Reptiles of British India. By ALBERT C. L. G.
GUNTHER. xxviii + 452 pp., 26 plates. Folio. 1864.

For the Tu-enty -first Year, 1864.

36. A Monograph of the British Spongiadas. By J. S.
BOWERBANK. Vol. I. xx + 290 pp., 37 plates. 8vo. 1864.

Fur the Twenty-second Year, 1865.

37. The British Hemiptera. Vol.1. Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
By JOHN WILLIAM DOUGLAS and JOHN SCOTT, xii + 628 +
42 pp., 21 plates. 8vo. 1865.

38. A Monograph of the British Spongiadee. By J. S.
BOWERBANK. Vol. II. xx + 388 pp. 8vo. 1866.

For the Twenty-third Year, 1866.

39. The Miscellaneoiis Botanical Works of ROBERT BUOWN.
[Edited by JOHN J. BENNETT.] Vol. I, containing I, Geo-
graphico-botanical, and II, Structural and Physiological
Memoirs, viii + 612 pp. 8vo. 1866.

40. Recent Memoirs on the Cetacea. Edited by WILLIAM
HENRY FLOWER, xii + 312 pp., 6 plates. Folio. 1866.

I. On the Greenland Eight-Whale. By D. F. ESCHBICHT arid
J. REINHARDT. pp. 1-150, pis. i-vi.

II. On the Species of the Genus Orca inhabiting the Northern Seas.
By D. F. ESCHKICHT. pp. 151-188.

III. Pseudorca crassidens, a Cetacean hitherto vinknown in the Danish
Fauna. By J. REINHARDT. pp. 189-218.

IV. Synopsis of the Cretaceous Mammalia of Scandinavia (Norway
and Sweden). By "W. LILLJEBORG. pp. 219-310.

41. NITZSCH'S Pterylography, translated from the German
Edited by PHILT LUTLEY SCLATER. xii + 182 pp., 10 plates.
Folio. 1867.

For the Twenty-fourth Year, 1867.

42. A Monograph on the Structure and Development of
the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. By
W. KITCHEN PARKER, xii + 240 + 60 pp., 30 plates. Folio.
1868.

6 PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOCIETY.

43. The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of ROBERT BROWN.
[Edited by JOHN J. BENNETT.] Vol. II, containing III,
Systematic Memoirs, and IV, Contributions to Systematic
Works, viii + 780 pp. 8vo. 1868.

For the Twenty-fifth Year, 1868.

44. The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of ROBERT BROWN.
[Edited by JOHN J. BENNETT.] Vol. III. Atlas of Plates,
iv + 16 pp., 38 plates. Folio. 1868.

45. Vegetable Teratology, an Account of the Principal Devia-
tions from the Usual Structure of Plants. By MAXWELL
T. MASTERS. With numerous illustrations by E. M. WILLIAMS.
xxxviii + 534 pages. 8vo. 1869.

For the Twenty-sixth Year, 1869.

46. A Monograph of the G-ymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. By GEORGE JAMES ALLMAN. Part I, the Hydroida
in General, xxii + 154 + 24 pp., 12 plates. Folio. 1871.

For the Twentii-serenth Year, 1870.

47. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. By GEORGE JAMES ALLMAN. Conclusion of Part I,
and Part II, containing descriptions of the Gene'-a and Species
of the Gymnoblastea. iv + 2 (xxiii, xxiv) + 296 (1 55-450)
+ 22 pp., 11 plates (xiii-xxiii). Folio. 1872,

For the Twenty -eighth Year, 1871.

48. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. By Sir
JOHN LUBBOCK. x + 276 pp., 78 plates. 8vo. 1873.

For the Twenty -ninth Year, 1872.

49. A Monograph of the British Annelids. By W. C.
MclNTOSH. Part I. The Nemertians. xiv + 96 + 20 pp.,
10 plates. Folio. 1873.

For the Tliirtieth Year, 1873.

50. A Monograph of the British Annelids. By W. C.
MclNTOSH. Part I continued. The Nemertians. iv + 122
(97-214, 213 a-d) + 26 pp., 13 plates (xi-xxiii). Folio.
1874.

For the Thirty-first Year, 1874.

51. A Monograph of the British SpongiadaB. By J. S.
BOWERBANK. Vol. III. xxviii + 368 pp.. 92 plates. 8vo.
1874.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE RAY SOCIETY. 7

For the Thirty-second Yen-r, 1875.

•V2. A Monograph of the British Aphides. By GEORGE
BOWDLER BUCKTON. Vol. I. x + 1 94 + 78 pp., 42 plates
(A-C, i-xxxviii, iv bis). 8vo. 1876.

For the Thirty-third Year, 1876.

53. A Monograph of the Free and Semi-parasitic Copepoda
of the British Islands. By G. STEWARDSON BKADY. Vol. I.
iv + 148 + 72 pp., 36 plates (1-33, 10A, 24A, 24s) . 8vo.
1878.

For the Thirty- fourth. Year, 1877.

54. A Monograph of the British Aphides. By GEORGE
BOWDLER BOCKTON. Vol. II. iv + 176 + 100 pp., 50 plates
(xxxix-lxxxvi, li bis, Ixix bis). 8vo. 1879.

For the Thirty-fifth Year, 1878.

55. A Monograph of the Free and Semi-parasitic Copepoda
of the British Islands. By G. STEWARDSON BRADY. Vol. II.
iv + 182 + 98 pp., 49 plates (34-82). 8vo. 1880.

For the Thirty-sixth Year, 1879.

56. A Monograph of the Free and Semi-parasitic Copepoda
of the British Islands. By G. STEWARDSON BRADY. Yol. III.
iv + 84 + 22 pp., 11 plates (83-93). 8vo. 1880.

57. A Monograph of the British Spongiadse. By the late
J. S. BOWERBANK. Vol. IV (Supplementary). Edited, with
additions, by the Rev. A. M. NORMAN, xviii + 250 + 34 pp.,
17 plates. 8vo. 1882,

For the Thirty-seventh Year, 1880.

58. A Monograph of the British Aphides. By GEORGE
BOWDLER BUCKTON. Vol. III. vi + 142 + 56 pp., 28 plates
(Ixxxvii-cxiv). 8vo. 1881.

For the Thirty-eighth Year, 1881.

59. A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymenop-
tera. By PETER CAMERON. Vol. I. viii + 340 + 42 pp., 21
plates. 8vo. 1882.

For the Thirty-ninth Year, 1882.

60. A Monograph of the British Aphides. By GEORGE
BOWDLER BDCKTON. Vol. IV. x + 228 + 62 pp., 27 plates
D-I, cxiv bis, cxv-cxxxiv). 8vo. 1883.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE KAY SOCIETY.

Fur the Fortieth Year, 1883.

61. British Oribatidae. B\r ALBERT D. MICHAEL. Vol.1, xii
+ 336 + 62 pp., 31 plates '(i-xxiv, A-G). 8vo. 1884.

Fur the Forty-first Year, 1884.

62. A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymen-
optera. By PETKR CAMERON. Vol. II. vi + 234 + 54 pp.,
27 plates. 8vo. 1885.

For the Forty-second Year, 1885.

63. The Larva? of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BDCKLKR. Vol.1. (The Butterflies.) Edited
by H. T. STAINTON. xvi + 202 + 34 pp., 17 plates. 8vo.
1886.

Fur the Forty-third Year, 1886.

64. The Larva? of the British Butterflies and Moths. By the
late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. II. (The Sphinges or Hawk-
moths and part of the Bombyces.) Edited by H. T. STAINTON.
xii + 172 + 36 pp., 18 plates (xviii-xxxv). 8vo. 1887.

For the Forty-fourth Year, 1887.

65. British Oribatida?. By ALBERT D. MICHAEL. Vol. II.
xii + 322 (337-658) + 62 pp., 31 plates (xxv-liv, xlviiA).
8vo. 1888.

For the Forty-fifth Year, 1888.

66. The Larva? of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. III. (The concluding por-
tion of the Bombyces.) Edited by H. T. STAINTON. xvi +
80 + 36 pp., 18 plates (xxxyi-liii) . 8vo. 1889.

For the Forty-sixth Year, 1889.

67. A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymen-
optera. By PETER CAMERON. Vol. III. vi + 274 + 34 pp.,
17 plates. Svo. 1890.

For the Forty-seventh Year, 1890.

68. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. IV. (The first portion of
the Noctua?.) Edited by H. T. STAINTON. xii -f 116 + 32
pp., 16 plates (liv-lxix). 8vo. 1891.

PUBLICATIONS OP THE PAY SOCIETY. 9

For the Forty-eighth Year, 1891.

69. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. V. (The second portion of
the Xoctuae.) Edited (in part) by the late H. T. STAINTON.
xii + 90 + 34pp., 17 plates (Ixx-lxxxvi). 8vo. 1893.

For the Forty-ninth Year, 1892.

70. A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymeu-
optera. By PETER CAMERON. Vol. IV. vi + 248 + 38 pp.,
19 plates. 8vo. 1893.

For the Fiftieth Year, 1893.

71. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BUCKLE R. Vol. VI. (The third and con-
cluding portion of the Noctuae.) Edited by GKO. T. PORKITT.
.xii + 142 + 38 pp., 19 plates (Ixxxvii-cv). 8vo. 1895.

For the Fifty-first Year, 1894.

72. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
the late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. VII. (The first portion of
the Geometrse.) Edited by G-EO. T. PORKITT. xvi + 176 +
44 pp., 22 plates (cvi-cxxvii). 8vo. 1897.

For the Fifty-second Year, 1895.

73. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By
tne late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. VIII. (The concluding
portion of the Geometrae.) Edited by GEO. T. POKKITT.
xii + 120 + 70 pp., 20 plates (cxxviii-cx'lvii). 8vo. 1899.

For the Fifty-third Year, 1896.

74. The Tailless Batrachians of Europe. By G. A.
BOULENGER. Part I. viii + 210 pp., 10 plates. 8vo. 1897.

For the Fifty-fourth Year, 1897.

75. The Tailless Batrachians of Europe. By G. A.
BOULENGER, Part II. ii + 166 (211-376) pp., 14 plates
(xi-xxiv). 8vo. 1898.

For the Fifty-fifth Year, 1898.

76. A Monograph of the British Annelids. By WILLIAM
CARMICHAEL MC!NTOSH. Part II. Polychaeta. Amphinomidae
to Sigalionidae. x + 228 (215-442) + 40 pp., 20 plates
(xxiv-xlii, xxviA). Folio. 1900.

10 PUBLICATIONS OF THE EAT SOCIETY".

For the Fifty-sixth Year, 1899.

77. The Larvae of the British Butterflies and Moths. By the
late WILLIAM BUCKLER. Vol. IX. (The Deltoides, Pyrales,
Crambites, Tortrices, Tineas, and Pterophori.) Edited by
G-EO. T. PORRITT. xviii + 420 + 34 pp., 17 plates (cxlviii-
clxiv). 8vo. 1901.

For the Fifty-seventh Year, 1900.

78. Monograph of the Coccidfe of the British Isles. By
ROBERT NEWSTEAD. Vol. I. xii + 220 + 78 pp., 39 plates
(A-E, i-xxxiv). 8vo. 1901.

For the Fifty-eighth Year, 1901.

79. British Tyroglyphidre. By ALBERT D. MICHAEL. Vol.1.
xvi + 294 + 44 pp., 22 plates (A-C, i-xix). 8vo. 1901.

For the Fifty-ninth Year, 1902.

80. Monograph of the Coccidae of the British Isles. By
ROBERT NEWSTEAD. Vol. II. viii + 270 + 84 pp., 42 plates
(P, xxxv-lxxv). 8vo. 1903.

For the Sixtieth Year, 1903.

81. British Tyroglyphidas. By ALBERT D. MICHAEL. Vol. II.
xii + 184 + 40pp., 20 plates (xx-xxxix). 8vo. 1903.

For the Sixty-first Year, 1904.

82. A Monograph of the British Desrnidiaceae. By W. and
Cr. S, WEST. ~ Vol. I. xxxvi + 224 + 64 pp., 32 plates.
8vo. 1904.

83. British Tunicata. By the late JOSHUA ALDER and the
late ALBANY HANCOCK. Edited by JOHN HOPKINSON. Vol. I.
With a History of the Work by Canon A. M. NORMAN.
xvi + 146 + 42 pp., 20 plates, and frontispiece. 8vo.
1905.

For the Sixty-second Year, 1905.

84. A Monograph of the British Desmidiaceas. By W. and
G. S. WEST. Vol. II. x + 206 + 64 pp., 32 plates. 8vo.
1905.

85. The British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa. By
JAMES CASH, assisted by JOHN HOPKINSON. Vol. I. The
Rhizopoda, Part I. x + 150 + 32 pp., 16 plates. 8vo. 1905.

\

PUBLICATIONS OP THE HAY SOCIETY. 11

Fur the Si,ety-third Year, 1906.

86. The British Tunicata. By the late JOSHUA ALDER and the
late ALBANY HANCOCK. Edited by JOHN HOPKINSON. Vol.

II. With Lives of the Authors by Canon Norman, and
Dennis Embleton. xxviii + 164 + 62 pp., 30 plates (xxi-1),
and frontispiece. 8vo. 1907.

For the Sixty-fourth Year, 1907.

87. A Monograph of the British Annelids. By WILLIAM
CARMICHAEL MC!NTOSH. Vol. II, Part 1. Polychseta. Neph-
thydidae to Syllidae. viii + 232 + 46 pp., 22 plates (xliii-1,
Ivii-lxx). Folio. 1908.

For the Sixty-fifth Year, 1908.

88. A Monograph of the British Desmidiaceae. By W. and
G. S. WEST. Vol. III. xvi + 274 + 62 pp., 31 plates (Ixv-
xcv). 8vo. 1908.

89. The British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa. By
the late JAMES CASH, assisted by JOHN HOPKINSON. Vol. II.
The Ehizopoda, Part II. xviii + 168 + 32 pp., 16 plates
(xvii-xxxii), and frontispiece. 8vo. 1909.

For the Sixty-sixth Year, 1909.

90. The British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. By the late
JOSHUA ALDER and the late ALBANY HANCOCK. Part 8 (supple-
mentary). Text by Sir CHARLES ELIOT, viii + 198 + 18 pp.,
8 plates. Folio. 1910.

For the Sixty -seventh Year, 1910.

91. A Monograph of the British Annelids. By WILLIAM
CARMICHAEL MC!NTOSH. Vol. II, Part 2. Polychasta. Syllidse
to Ariciidse. vii + 292 (233-524) + 46 pp., 23 plates (li-lvi,
Ixxi-lxxxvii). Folio. 1910.

For the Sixty-eighth Year, 1911.

92. A Monograph of the British Desmidiaceag. By W. and
G. S. WEST. Vol. IV. xiv + 194 + 66 pp., 33 plates
(xcvi-cxxviii). 8vo. 1912.

93. The British Tunicata. By the late JOSHUA ALDER and
the late ALBANY HANCOCK. Edited by JOHN HOPKINSON. Vol.

III. xii + 114 + 34 pp., 16 plates (li-lxvi), and frontispiece.
8vo. 1912.

2 PUBLICATIONS OF THE KAY SOCIETY.

In Course of Publication.

The British Desmidiaceas. By W. WEST and Prof. G. S.
WEST.

The British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa. By
the late JAMES CASH and (after Vol. II) G. H. WAILES.

The British Marine Annelids. By Prof. W. C. MC!NTOSH.

Preparing for Publication.

A Bibliography of the Tunicata. By JOHN HOPKINSON.
For 1912.

The British Parasitic Copepoda. By Dr. THOMAS SCOTT and
ANDREW SCOTT. Vol. I (Copepoda parasitic on Fishes, Part I)
for 1912.

The British Centipedes and Millepedes. By W. M. WEBB.
The British Characeas. By HENRY and JAMES GROVES.
The British Earthworms. By the Rev. HILDERIC FKIEND.
The British Hydrachnidae. By C. D. SOAR and W.
WILLIAMSON.

The British Ixodoidea. By W. F. COOPER and L. E. ROBINSON.
The Earwigs of the World. By Dr. MALCOLM BURE.

December, 1911.